Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

one and the same God

Толкование Перевод

1 one

1. noun
1) (the number or figure 1: One and one is two (1 + 1 = 2).) uno

2) (the age of 1: Babies start to talk at one.) un año

2. pronoun
1) (a single person or thing: She's the one I like the best; I'll buy the red one.)

2) (anyone; any person: One can see the city from here.)

3. adjective
1) (1 in number: one person; He took one book.) un

2) (aged 1: The baby will be one tomorrow.) de un año

3) (of the same opinion etc: We are one in our love of freedom.) unidos

•

- one-
- oneself
- one-night stand
- one-off
- one-parent family
- one-sided
- one-way
- one-year-old
4. adjective
((of a person, animal or thing) that is one year old.) de un año

- all one
- be one up on a person
- be one up on
- not be oneself
- one and all
- one another
- one by one
- one or two

one¹ adj

1. un

she only had one shoe on sólo llevaba puesto un zapato

why don't we go out together one day soon? ¿por qué no salimos juntos un día de estos?

2. único

it's my one chance es mi única oportunidad

3. mismo

they all ran in one direction todos corrieron en la misma dirección

one² num uno

one, two, three uno, dos, tres

it's one o'clock es la una

one³ pron

1. uno

I want one too yo también quiero uno

2.

which one? ¿cuál?

this one / that one éste / ése

the blue one el azul

3. el que

the one I bought you el que te compré

one another el uno al otro

they were insulting one another se estaban insultando

we love one another nos queremos

one

tr[wʌn]

adjective

1 (stating number) un, una

■ I've got one brother tengo un hermano

■ there's one biscuit left queda una galleta

■ one hundred cien

2 (unspecified, a certain) un, una, algún,-una

■ one day in January un día de enero

■ come for supper one evening ven a cenar una noche

3 (only, single) único,-a

■ the one way to get on in life la única manera de tener éxito en la vida

■ the one and only James Brown el inimitable James Brown

4 (same) mismo,-a

■ in one direction en la misma dirección

■ one and the same thing la misma cosa

5 (with names) un,-a tal

■ one Bill Burroughs un tal Bill Burroughs

pronoun

1 (thing) uno,-a

■ a red one uno,-a rojo,-a

■ this one éste,-a

■ that one ése,-a, aquél,-la

■ which one? ¿cuál?

■ the small one el pequeño, la pequeña

■ the other one el otro, la otra

2 (drink) una copa

■ let's have a quick one tomemos una copa rápida

■ you've had one too many has bebido más de la cuenta

3 (person) el, la

■ he's the one who I was telling you about es él de quien te estaba hablando

■ she's the one I paid the money to es a ella a quien le pagué el dinero

■ you're one of the family eres de la familia

4 (any person, you) uno, una

■ one can't think of everything uno no puede pensar en todo

■ one has to be patient hay que tener paciencia

■ one never knows nunca se sabe

noun

1 (number) uno

■ my son is one today mi hijo cumple un año hoy

■ there's only one left sólo queda uno

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

all in one de una (sola) pieza

a one un caso

■ you are a one! ¡eres un caso!

a right one un,-a idiota

as one / as one man como un solo hombre, todos a la vez

at one with en armonía con

in one (combined, together) a la vez, todo en uno 2 (in only one attempt) de una vez, de un golpe 3 (in one mouthful) de un trago

neither one thing nor the other ni carne ni pescado

one after another / one after the other uno,-a detrás de otro,-a

one and all todos,-as, todo el mundo

one another el uno al otro

■ we help one another nos ayudamos mutuamente

■ they love one another se quieren

one at a time de uno en uno

one by one de uno,-a en uno,-a, uno,-a tras otro,-a

to be one to... ser dado,-a a..., ser de los/las que...

■ I'm not one to gossip no me gusta chismorrear, no soy de las que chismorrean

one ['wʌn] adj

1) (being a single unit) : un, una

he only wants one apple: sólo quiere una manzana

2) (being a particular one) : un, una

he arrived early one morning: llegó temprano una mañana

3) (being the same) : mismo, misma

they're all members of one team: todos son miembros del mismo equipo

one and the same thing: la misma cosa

4) some: alguno, alguna; un, una

I'll see you again one day: algún día te veré otra vez

at one time or another: en una u otra ocasión

one n

1) : uno m (número)

2) (indicating the first of a set or series)

from day one: desde el primer momento

3) (indicating a single person or thing)

the one (girl) on the right: la de la derecha

he has the one but needs the other: tiene uno pero necesita el otro

one pron

1) : uno, una

one of his friends: una de sus amigas

one never knows: uno nunca sabe, nunca se sabe

to cut one's finger: cortarse el dedo

2)

one and all : todos, todo el mundo

3)

one another : el uno al otro, se

they loved one another: se amaban

4)

that one : aquél, aquella

5)

which one? : ¿cuál?

one

adj.

• igual adj.

• solo, -a adj.

• un tal adj.

• uno, -a adj.

• único, -a adj.

art.

• un art.

• una art.

n.

• uno s.m.

pron.

• alguno pron.

• la una (hora) pron.

• uno pron.

I wʌn
noun

1)

a) ( number) uno m

has anybody got five ones? — ¿alguien tiene cinco billetes de un dólar (or un peso etc)?

to be at one with somebody/something — estar* en paz or en armonía con alguien/algo; see also four I

b) ( elliptical use)

he's nearly one — tiene casi un año

it's nearly one — es casi la una

it was interesting in more ways than one — fue interesante en más de un sentido/en muchos sentidos

the chances are one in a million — la probabilidad es de uno en un millón

I only want the one — sólo quiero uno/una

did you see many cows? - one or two — ¿viste muchas vacas? - alguna que otra

2) (in phrases)

as one: they rose as one se pusieron de pie todos a la vez or como un solo hombre; for one por lo pronto; who's going? - well, I am for one ¿quién va? - yo, por lo pronto; in one: it's a TV and a video in one es televisión y vídeo a la vez or todo en uno; one by one — uno a uno, uno por uno

II

adjective

1)

a) ( stating number) un, una

one button/pear — un botón/una pera

one hundred — cien

one thousand, three hundred — mil trescientos

one fifth of the population — la quinta parte de la población

b) (certain, particular)

one boy was tall, the other short — uno de los niños era alto, el otro era bajo

one window looks out over the park — una de las ventanas da al parque

2)

a) ( single)

she was the one person I trusted — era la única persona en quien confiaba

it is too much for any one person — es demasiado para una sola persona

there is not one shred of evidence — no existe ni la más mínima prueba

the one and only Frank Sinatra — el incomparable or inimitable Frank Sinatra

my one and only coat is at the cleaners — el único abrigo que tengo or mi único abrigo está en la tintorería

b) ( same) mismo, misma

we drank out of the one glass cup — bebimos del mismo vaso/de la misma taza

Clark Kent and Superman are one and the same — Clark Kent y Superman son la misma persona

3) ( unspecified) un, una

you must come over one evening — tienes que venir una noche

I'll get even with you one day — algún día me las pagarás

4) ( with names)

in the name of one John Smith/Sarah Brown — a nombre de un tal John Smith/una tal Sarah Brown

III

pronoun

1) ( thing)

this one — éste/ésta

that one — ése/ésa

which one? — ¿cuál?

the one on the right/left — el/la de la derecha/izquierda

the ones on the table — los/las que están en la mesa

the blue ones — los/las azules

I want the big one — quiero el/la grande

it's my last one — es el último/la última que me queda

one of the oldest cities in Europe — una de las ciudades más antiguas de Europa

every one of them was broken — todos estaban rotos

he's had one too many — ha bebido de más, ha bebido más de la cuenta

have you heard the one about... ? — ¿has oído el chiste de... ?

he ate all the apples one after another o the other — se comió todas las manzanas, una detrás de otra

2) ( person)

the one on the right's my cousin — el/la de la derecha es mi primo/prima

it could be any one of us — podría ser cualquiera de nosotros

our loved ones — nuestros seres queridos

he's a sly one, that Jack Tibbs — es un zorro ese Jack Tibbs

I'm not one to gossip, but... — no me gustan los chismes pero...

one after another o the other — uno tras otro or detrás de otro

IV

pronoun uno, una

one simply never knows — realmente nunca se sabe or uno nunca sabe

it certainly makes one think — le da que pensar a uno

one another — each other, each II 2)

[wʌn]
1. ADJ

1) (=number) un/una; (before sing noun) un

one man — un hombre

one man out of two — uno de cada dos hombres

the baby is one (year old) — el bebé tiene un año

it's one (o'clock) — es la una

• for one reason or another — por diferentes razones

• the last but one — el penúltimo/la penúltima

• one or two people — algunas personas

• that's one way of doing it — esa es una forma or una de las maneras de hacerlo

2) (indefinite) un/una, cierto

one day — un día, cierto día

one cold winter's day — un día frío de invierno

one hot July evening — una tarde de julio de mucho calor

one Pérez — un tal Pérez

3) (=sole) único

his one worry — su única preocupación

the one way to do it — la única forma de hacerlo

• no one man could do it — ningún hombre podría hacerlo por sí solo

• the one and only difficulty — la única dificultad

the one and only Charlie Chaplin — el único e incomparable Charlot

4) (=same) mismo

all in one direction — todos en la misma dirección

• it's all one — es lo mismo

it's all one to me — me da igual, me da lo mismo

• they are one and the same — son el mismo

they are one and the same person — son la misma persona

it is one and the same thing — es la misma cosa

5) (=united)

God is one — Dios es uno

• they all shouted as one — todos gritaron a una

• to become one — casarse

• to be one with sth — formar un conjunto con algo

2.

N (=figure) uno m

I belted him one * — le di un guantazo

• one and six(pence) — (Brit) † un chelín y seis peniques

• to be at one (with sb) — estar completamente de acuerdo (con algn)

to be at one with o.s. — estar en paz consigo mismo

• to go one better than sb — tomar la ventaja or la delantera a algn

but John went one better — pero Juan lo hizo mejor

• she's cook and housekeeper in one — es a la vez cocinera y ama de llaves

it's made all in one — está hecho en una sola pieza

you've got it in one! * — ¡y que lo digas! *

• in ones and twos — en pequeños grupos

they came in ones and twos — vinieron uno a uno y en parejas

• to be one up — (Sport etc) llevar un punto/gol etc de ventaja

that puts us one up — (Sport etc) eso nos da un punto/gol etc de ventaja

to be one up on sb — llevar ventaja a algn
fast I, 1., 1), quick 1., 3), road 1., 2)
3. PRON

1) (indefinite) uno/una

have you got one? — ¿tienes uno?

there is only one left — queda uno solamente

his message is one of pessimism — su mensaje es pesimista, el suyo es un mensaje pesimista

• one after the other — uno tras otro

• one and all — todos sin excepción, todo el mundo

• one by one — uno tras otro, uno a uno

• I for one am not going — yo, por mi parte, no voy

• not one — ni uno

• one of them — uno de ellos

any one of us — cualquiera de nosotros

he's one of the group — es del grupo, forma parte del grupo

he's one of the family now — ya es de la familia

• the one..., the other... — uno..., el otro...

you can't buy one without the other — no se puede comprar el uno sin el otro

price of one — precio m de la unidad

two for the price of one — dos por el precio de uno

• one or two — unos pocos

2) (specific)

this one — este/esta

that one — ese/esa, aquel/aquella

this one is better than that one — este es mejor que ese

which one do you want? — ¿cuál quieres?

the white dress and the grey one — el vestido blanco y el gris

who wants these red ones? — ¿quién quiere estos colorados?

what about this little one? — ¿y este pequeñito or (esp LAm) chiquito?

that's a difficult one — esa sí que es difícil
In the past the standard spelling for [este/esta], [ese/esa] and [aquel/aquella] as pronouns was with an accent ([éste/ésta],[ése/ésa] and [aquél/aquélla]). Nowadays the [Real Academia Española] advises that the accented forms are only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjectives ([este/esta], [ese/esa] and [aquel/aquella]).
3) (relative)

the one who, the one that — el/la que

the ones who, the ones that — los/las que

they were the ones who told us — ellos fueron quienes nos lo dijeron

he looked like one who had seen a ghost — tenía el aspecto del que acababa de ver un fantasma

to one who can read between the lines — para el que sabe leer entre líneas

the one on the floor — el que está en el suelo

one more sensitive would have fainted — una persona de mayor sensibilidad se hubiera desmayado

4) (=person)

he's a clever one — es un taimado

he's the troublesome one — él es el revoltoso

• you are a one! — ¡qué cosas dices/haces!

• our dear ones — nuestros seres queridos

• the Evil One — el demonio

• you're a fine one! * — ¡menuda pieza estás tú hecho! *

• he's one for the ladies — tiene éxito con las mujeres

he's a great one for chess — es muy bueno al ajedrez

he's a great one for arguing — es de los que les encanta discutir

• the little ones — los pequeños, los chiquillos

• never a one — ni uno siquiera

• he is not one to protest — no es de los que protestan

he's not much of a one for sweets — no le gustan mucho los dulces

5)

• one another, they kissed one another — se besaron (el uno al otro)

they all kissed one another — se besaron (unos a otros)

do you see one another much? — ¿se ven mucho?

it's a year since we saw one another — hace un año que no nos vemos

6) (impers) uno/una

one never knows — nunca se sabe

one must eat — hay que comer

one has one's pride — uno tiene cierto amor propio

one's life is not really safe — la vida de uno no tiene seguridad

one's opinion does not count — la opinión de uno no cuenta

to cut one's finger — cortarse el dedo

* * *

I [wʌn]
noun

1)

a) ( number) uno m

has anybody got five ones? — ¿alguien tiene cinco billetes de un dólar (or un peso etc)?

to be at one with somebody/something — estar* en paz or en armonía con alguien/algo; see also four I

b) ( elliptical use)

he's nearly one — tiene casi un año

it's nearly one — es casi la una

it was interesting in more ways than one — fue interesante en más de un sentido/en muchos sentidos

the chances are one in a million — la probabilidad es de uno en un millón

I only want the one — sólo quiero uno/una

did you see many cows? - one or two — ¿viste muchas vacas? - alguna que otra

2) (in phrases)

as one: they rose as one se pusieron de pie todos a la vez or como un solo hombre; for one por lo pronto; who's going? - well, I am for one ¿quién va? - yo, por lo pronto; in one: it's a TV and a video in one es televisión y vídeo a la vez or todo en uno; one by one — uno a uno, uno por uno

II

adjective

1)

a) ( stating number) un, una

one button/pear — un botón/una pera

one hundred — cien

one thousand, three hundred — mil trescientos

one fifth of the population — la quinta parte de la población

b) (certain, particular)

one boy was tall, the other short — uno de los niños era alto, el otro era bajo

one window looks out over the park — una de las ventanas da al parque

2)

a) ( single)

she was the one person I trusted — era la única persona en quien confiaba

it is too much for any one person — es demasiado para una sola persona

there is not one shred of evidence — no existe ni la más mínima prueba

the one and only Frank Sinatra — el incomparable or inimitable Frank Sinatra

my one and only coat is at the cleaners — el único abrigo que tengo or mi único abrigo está en la tintorería

b) ( same) mismo, misma

we drank out of the one glass cup — bebimos del mismo vaso/de la misma taza

Clark Kent and Superman are one and the same — Clark Kent y Superman son la misma persona

3) ( unspecified) un, una

you must come over one evening — tienes que venir una noche

I'll get even with you one day — algún día me las pagarás

4) ( with names)

in the name of one John Smith/Sarah Brown — a nombre de un tal John Smith/una tal Sarah Brown

III

pronoun

1) ( thing)

this one — éste/ésta

that one — ése/ésa

which one? — ¿cuál?

the one on the right/left — el/la de la derecha/izquierda

the ones on the table — los/las que están en la mesa

the blue ones — los/las azules

I want the big one — quiero el/la grande

it's my last one — es el último/la última que me queda

one of the oldest cities in Europe — una de las ciudades más antiguas de Europa

every one of them was broken — todos estaban rotos

he's had one too many — ha bebido de más, ha bebido más de la cuenta

have you heard the one about... ? — ¿has oído el chiste de... ?

he ate all the apples one after another o the other — se comió todas las manzanas, una detrás de otra

2) ( person)

the one on the right's my cousin — el/la de la derecha es mi primo/prima

it could be any one of us — podría ser cualquiera de nosotros

our loved ones — nuestros seres queridos

he's a sly one, that Jack Tibbs — es un zorro ese Jack Tibbs

I'm not one to gossip, but... — no me gustan los chismes pero...

one after another o the other — uno tras otro or detrás de otro

IV

pronoun uno, una

one simply never knows — realmente nunca se sabe or uno nunca sabe

it certainly makes one think — le da que pensar a uno

one another — each other, each II 2)

English-spanish dictionary > one
2 one

1. adjective
1) attrib. ein

one thing I must say — ein[e]s muss ich sagen

one or two — (fig.): (a few) ein paar

one more... — noch ein...

one more time — noch einmal

it's one [o'clock] — es ist eins od. ein Uhr; see also academic.ru/23561/eight">eight 1.; half 1. 1), 3. 2); quarter 1. 1)

2) attrib. (single, only) einzig

the one thing — das einzige

any one — irgendein

in any one day/year — an einem Tag/in einem Jahr

at any one time — zur gleichen Zeit; (always) zu jeder Zeit

no one — kein

not one [little] bit — überhaupt nicht

3) (identical, same) ein

one and the same person/thing — ein und dieselbe Person/Sache

at one and the same time — gleichzeitig; see also all 2. 1)

4) pred. (united, unified)

we are one — wir sind uns einig

be one as a family/nation — eine einige Familie/Nation sein; see also with 1)

5) attrib. (a particular but undefined)

at one time — einmal; einst (geh.)

one morning/night — eines Morgens/Nachts

one day — (on day specified) einmal; (at unspecified future date) eines Tages

one day soon — bald einmal

one day next week — irgendwann nächste Woche

one Sunday — an einem Sonntag

6) attrib. contrasted with ‘other’/‘another’ ein

for one thing — zum einen

neither one thing nor the other — weder das eine noch das andere; see also hand 1. 24)

7)

in one — (coll.): (at first attempt) auf Anhieb

got it in one! — (coll.) [du hast es] erraten!
2. noun
1) eins

2) (number, symbol) Eins, die; see also eight 2. 1)

3) (unit)

in ones — einzeln

two for the price of one — zwei zum Preis von einem
3. pronoun
1)

one of... — ein... (+ Gen.)

one of them/us — etc. einer von ihnen/uns usw.

any one of them — jeder/jede/jedes von ihnen

every one of them — jeder/jede/jedes [einzelne] von ihnen

not one of them — keiner/keine/keines von ihnen

2) replacing n. implied or mentioned ein...

big ones and little ones — große und kleine

the jacket is an old one — die Jacke ist [schon] alt

the older/younger one — der/die/das ältere/jüngere

this is the one I like — den/die/das mag ich

my husband is the tall one over there — mein Mann ist der große da

you are or were the one who insisted on going to Scotland — du warst der-/diejenige, der/die unbedingt nach Schottland wollte

this one — dieser/diese/dieses [da]

that one — der/die/das [da]

these ones or those ones? — (coll.) die [da] oder die [da]?

these/those blue etc. ones — diese/die blauen usw.

which one? — welcher/welche/welches?

which ones? — welche?

not one — keiner/keine/keines; (emphatic) nicht einer/eine/eines

all but one — alle außer einem/einer/einem

the last house but one — das vorletzte Haus

I for one — ich für mein[en] Teil

one by one, one after another or the other — einzeln

love one another — sich od. (geh.) einander lieben

be kind to one another — nett zueinander sein

3) (contrasted with ‘other’/‘another’)

[the] one... the other — der/die/das eine... der/die/das andere

4) (person or creature of specified kind)

the little one — der/die/das Kleine

our dear or loved ones — unsere Lieben

young one — (youngster) Kind, das; (young animal) Junge, das

5)

[not] one who does or to do or for doing something — [nicht] der Typ, der etwas tut

6) (representing people in general; also coll.): (I, we) man; as indirect object einem; as direct object einen

one's — sein

wash one's hands — sich (Dat.) die Hände waschen

7) (coll.): (drink)

I'll have just a little one — ich trinke nur einen Kleinen (ugs.)

have one on me — ich geb dir einen aus

8) (coll.): (blow)

give somebody one on the head/nose — jemandem eins über den Kopf/auf die Nase geben (ugs.)

* * *
1. noun
1) (the number or figure 1: One and one is two (1 + 1 = 2).) die Eins

2) (the age of 1: Babies start to talk at one.) die Eins
2. pronoun
1) (a single person or thing: She's the one I like the best; I'll buy the red one.) der/die/das(jenige)

2) (anyone; any person: One can see the city from here.) man
3. adjective
1) (1 in number: one person; He took one book.) ein/e/es

2) (aged 1: The baby will be one tomorrow.) eins

3) (of the same opinion etc: We are one in our love of freedom.) einer Meinung

•

- one-
- oneself
- one-night stand
- one-off
- one-parent family
- one-sided
- one-way
- one-year-old 4. adjective
((of a person, animal or thing) that is one year old.) einjährige

- all one
- be one up on a person
- be one up on
- not be oneself
- one and all
- one another
- one by one
- one or two
* * *

one

[wʌn]

I. adj inv

1. attr (not two) ein(e)

we have two daughters and \one son wir haben zwei Töchter und einen Sohn

\one hundred/thousand einhundert/-tausend

\one million eine Million

\one third/fifth ein Drittel/Fünftel nt

2. attr (one of a number) ein(e)

the glass tube is closed at \one end das Glasröhrchen ist an einem Ende verschlossen

he can't tell \one wine from another er schmeckt bei Weinen keinen Unterschied

3. attr (single, only) einzige(r, s)

her \one concern is to save her daughter ihre einzige Sorge ist, wie sie ihre Tochter retten kann

do you think the five of us will manage to squeeze into the \one car? glaubst du, wir fünf können uns in dieses eine Auto quetschen?

we should paint the bedroom all \one colour wir sollten das Schlafzimmer nur in einer Farbe streichen

he's the \one person you can rely on in an emergency er ist die einzige Person, auf die man sich im Notfall verlassen kann

not \one man kein Mensch

to have just \one thought nur einen [einzigen] Gedanken haben

the \one and only... der/die/das einzige...

ladies and gentlemen, the \one and only Muhammad Ali! meine Damen und Herren, der einzigartige Muhammad Ali!

4. attr (some future) irgendein(e)

I'd like to go skiing \one Christmas ich würde gern irgendwann an Weihnachten Skifahren gehen

\one afternoon next week an irgendeinem Nachmittag nächste Woche, irgendwann nächste Woche nachmittags

\one day irgendwann

\one evening/night irgendwann abends/nachts

5. attr (some in the past) ein(e)

\one moment he says he loves me, the next moment he's asking for a divorce einmal sagt er, er liebt mich, und im nächsten Moment will er die Scheidung

\one afternoon in late October an einem Nachmittag Ende Oktober

\one day/evening/night eines Tages/Abends/Nachts

\one night we stayed up talking till dawn an einem Abend plauderten wir einmal bis zum Morgengrauen

6. attr ( form: a certain) ein gewisser/eine gewisse

her solicitor is \one John Wintersgill ihr Anwalt ist ein gewisser John Wintersgill

7. attr esp AM ( emph fam: noteworthy)

his mother is \one generous woman seine Mutter ist eine wirklich großzügige Frau

that's \one big ice cream you've got there du hast aber ein großes Eis!

it was \one hell of a shock to find out I'd lost my job ( fam) es war ein Riesenschock für mich, als ich erfuhr, dass ich meinen Job verloren hatte fam

he was \one hell of a snappy dresser ( fam) er war immer todschick gekleidet fam

8. (identical) ein(e)

all types of training meet \one common standard alle Trainingsarten unterliegen den gleichen Maßstäben

to be of \one mind einer Meinung sein

\one and the same ein und der-/die-/dasselbe

that's \one and the same thing! das ist doch ein und dasselbe!

9. (age) ein Jahr

\one is a difficult age mit einem Jahr sind Kinder in einem schwierigen Alter

to be \one [year old] ein Jahr alt sein

little Jimmy's \one today der kleine Jimmy wird heute ein Jahr alt

she'll be \one [year old] tomorrow sie wird morgen ein Jahr alt

10. (time)

\one [o'clock] eins, ein Uhr

it's half past \one es ist halb zwei

at \one um eins

11.

▶ a hundred [or million] [or thousand] and \one hunderttausend

I've got a hundred and \one things to do this morning ich muss heute Vormittag hunderttausend Dinge erledigen

▶ what with \one thing and another ( fam) weil alles [o viel] zusammenkommt

what with \one thing and another she hadn't had much sleep recently da alles [o viel] zusammenkam, hat sie in letzter Zeit nicht viel Schlaf bekommen

▶ \one way or another [or the other] (for or against) für oder gegen; (somehow) irgendwie

there is no evidence \one way or the other about the effectiveness of the drug es gibt keinerlei Beweise für die Wirksamkeit oder Unwirksamkeit des Medikaments

the bills have to be paid \one way or another die Rechnungen müssen irgendwie bezahlt werden

II. n

1. (unit) Eins f

\one hundred and \one einhundert[und]eins

three \ones are three drei mal eins gibt [o ist] [o macht] drei

2. (figure) Eins f

the front door bore a big brass \one auf der Eingangstür prangte eine große kupferne Eins

3. (size of garment, merchandise) Größe eins

little Jackie's wearing \ones now die kleine Jackie trägt jetzt Größe eins

4. no pl (unity)

▪ to be \one eins sein

to be made \one getraut werden

III. pron

1. (single item) eine(r, s)

four parcels came this morning, but only \one was for Mark heute Morgen kamen vier Pakete, aber nur eines war für Mark

which cake would you like? — the \one at the front welchen Kuchen möchten Sie? — den vorderen

I'd rather eat French croissants than English \ones ich esse lieber französische Croissants als englische

I have two apples, do you want \one? ich habe zwei Äpfel, möchtest du einen?

not a single \one kein Einziger/keine Einzige/kein Einziges

\one at a time immer nur eine(r, s)

don't gobble them up all at once — eat them \one at a time schling nicht alle auf einmal hinunter — iss sie langsam

[all] in \one [alles] in einem

with this model you get a radio, CD player and cassette deck [all] in \one dieses Modell enthält Radio, CD-Player und Kassettendeck in einem

\one after another [or the other] eine(r, s) nach dem/der anderen

\one after another the buses drew up die Busse kamen einer nach dem anderen

\one [thing] after another [or the other] eines nach dem anderen

\one or another [or the other] irgendeine(r, s)

not all instances fall neatly into \one or another of these categories nicht alle Vorkommnisse fallen genau unter eine dieser Kategorien

this/that \one diese(r, s)/jene(r, s)

these/those \ones diese/jene

which \one do you want? — that \one, please! welchen möchten Sie? — den dort, bitte!

▪ \one of sth:

Luxembourg is \one of the world's smallest countries Luxemburg ist eines der kleinsten Länder der Welt

electronics is \one of his [many] hobbies die Elektronik ist eines seiner [vielen] Hobbys

our organization is just \one of many charities unsere Organisation ist nur eine von vielen wohltätigen Vereinigungen

2. (single person) eine(r)

two could live as cheaply as \one zwei könnten so günstig wie einer wohnen

she thought of her loved \ones sie dachte an ihre Lieben

to [not] be \one to do [or who does] sth (nature) [nicht] der Typ sein, der etw tut, [nicht] zu denen gehören, die etw tun; (liking) etw [nicht] gerne tun

she's always been \one to take [or who takes] initiative es war schon immer ihre Art, die Initiative zu ergreifen

I've never really been \one to sit around doing nothing untätig herumzusitzen war noch nie meine Art

he's always been \one that enjoys good food ihm hat gutes Essen schon immer geschmeckt

he's not \one to eat exotic food er isst nicht gerne exotische Speisen

she's [not] \one to go [or who goes] to parties sie geht [nicht] gerne auf Partys

to not [or never] be \one to say no to sth nie zu etw dat Nein sagen können

to be [a] \one for sth ( fam) etw gerne mögen, sich dat viel aus etw dat machen

Jack's always been \one for the ladies Jack hatte schon immer viel für Frauen übrig

to not be [a] \one ( fam) for sth [or to not be much of a \one] ( fam) etw nicht besonders mögen, sich dat nicht viel aus etw dat machen

I've never really been [much of a] \one for football ich habe mir eigentlich nie viel aus Fußball gemacht

to [not] be [a] \one for doing sth ( fam) etw [nicht] gerne machen

he's a great \one for telling other people what to do er sagt anderen gerne, was sie zu tun haben

\one and all ( liter) alle

the news of his resignation came as a surprise to \one and all die Nachricht von seinem Rücktritt kam für alle überraschend

well done \one and all! gut gemacht, ihr alle!

like \one + pp wie ein(e)...

Viv was running around like \one possessed before the presentation Viv lief vor der Präsentation wie eine Besessene herum

\one after another eine/einer nach der/dem anderen

\one by \one nacheinander

▪ \one of:

she's \one of my favourite writers sie ist eine meiner Lieblingsautoren

to be \one of many/a few eine(r) von vielen/wenigen sein

▪ the \one der-/die[jenige]

Chris is the \one with curly brown hair Chris ist der mit den lockigen braunen Haaren

3. (expressing alternatives, comparisons)

they look very similar and it's difficult to distinguish \one from the other sie sehen sich sehr ähnlich, und es ist oft schwer sie auseinanderzuhalten

\one or the other der/die/das eine oder der/die/das andere

choose \one of the pictures. you may have \one or the other, but not both such dir eins der Bilder aus. du kannst nur eines davon haben, nicht beide

\one without the other der/die/das eine ohne der/die/das andere

4. ( dated form: any person) man

\one has an obligation to \one's friends man hat Verpflichtungen seinen Freunden gegenüber

\one must admire him er ist zu bewundern

5. ( form: I) ich; (we) wir

\one gets the impression that... ich habe den Eindruck, dass...

\one has to do \one's best wir müssen unser Bestes geben

I for \one ich für meinen Teil

I for \one think we should proceed was mich betrifft, so denke ich, dass wir weitermachen sollten

6. (question) Frage f

what's the capital of Zaire? — oh, that's a difficult \one wie heißt die Hauptstadt von Zaire? — das ist eine schwierige Frage

7. ( fam: alcoholic drink) Getränk nt

this \one's on me! diese Runde geht auf mich!

she likes a cool \one after a hard day nach einem harten Tag braucht sie einen kühlen Drink

8. ( fam: joke, story) Witz m

that was a good \one! der war gut!

did I tell you the \one about the blind beggar? habe ich dir den [Witz] von dem blinden Bettler schon erzählt?

9. BRIT, AUS ( dated fam: sb who is lacking respect, is rude, or amusing)

you are a \one! du bist mir vielleicht einer! fam

she's a \one! das ist mir vielleicht eine! fam

10.

▶ to be all \one to sb Chinesisch für jdn sein fam

Greek and Hebrew are all \one to me Griechisch und Hebräisch sind Chinesisch für mich fam

▶ to be as \one on sth ( form) bei etw dat einer Meinung sein

we have discussed the matter fully and are as \one on our decision wir haben die Angelegenheit gründlich erörtert, und unsere Entscheidung ist einstimmig

▶ to be at \one with sb ( form) mit jdm einer Meinung sein

▶ to be at \one with sth ( form) mit etw dat eins sein

they were completely at \one with their environment sie lebten in völliger Harmonie mit ihrer Umwelt

▶ to be \one of the family zur Familie gehören fig

▶ to get sth in \one ( fam: guess) etw sofort erraten; (understand) etw gleich kapieren fam

so are you saying she's leaving him? — yep, got it in \one du sagst also, dass sie ihn verlässt? — ja, du hast es erfasst

▶ to get [or be] \one up on sb jdn übertrumpfen

▶ in \one (draught) in einem Zug, [auf] ex fam

▶ to be \one of a kind zur Spitze gehören

in the world of ballet she was certainly \one of a kind as a dancer in der Welt des Ballet zählte sie zweifellos zu den besten Tänzerinnen

▶ to land [or sock] sb \one [on the jaw] ( fam) jdm eine reinhauen fam

▶ \one or two ( fam) ein paar

I hear you've collected over 1,000 autographs! — well, I do have \one or two ich habe gehört, du hast über 1.000 Autogramme gesammelt! — na ja, ich habe schon ein paar

▶ in \ones and twos (in small numbers) immer nur ein paar; (alone or in a pair) allein oder paarweise [o zu zweit]

we expected a flood of applications for the job, but we're only receiving them in \ones and twos wir haben eine Flut von Bewerbungen für die Stelle erwartet, aber es gehen [täglich] nur wenige ein

to arrive/stand around in \ones and [or or] twos einzeln oder paarweise [o zu zweit] eintreffen/herumstehen

* * *
[wʌn]
1. adj

1) (= number) ein/eine/ein; (counting) eins

one man in a thousand — einer von tausend

there was one person too many — da war einer zu viel

one girl was pretty, the other was ugly —

she was in one room, he was in the other — sie war im einen Zimmer, er im anderen

the baby is one ( year old) — das Kind ist ein Jahr (alt)

it is one ( o'clock) — es ist eins, es ist ein Uhr

one hundred pounds — hundert Pfund; (on cheque etc) einhundert Pfund

that's one way of doing it — so kann mans (natürlich) auch machen

2)

(indefinite) one morning/day etc he realized... — eines Morgens/Tages etc bemerkte er...

one morning next week — nächste Woche einmal morgens

one day next week — nächste Woche einmal

one day soon — bald einmal

one sunny summer's day — an einem sonnigen Sommertag

3)

(= a certain) one Mr Smith — ein gewisser Herr Smith

4)

(= sole, only) he is the one man to tell you — er ist der Einzige, der es Ihnen sagen kann

no one man could do it — niemand konnte es allein tun

my one (and only) hope — meine einzige Hoffnung

the one and only Brigitte Bardot — die unvergleichliche Brigitte Bardot

5)

(= same) they all came in the one car — sie kamen alle in dem einen Auto

they are one and the same person — das ist ein und dieselbe Person

it is one and the same thing — das ist ein und dasselbe

it's all one to me — das ist mir alles einerlei

6)

(= united) God is one — Gott ist unteilbar

are they one with us? — sind sie mit uns eins?

we are one on the subject — wir sind uns über dieses Thema einig

they were one in wanting that — sie waren sich darin einig, dass sie das wollten

the crowd rose as one — die Menge erhob sich geschlossen

2. pron

1) eine(r, s)

the one who... — der(jenige), der.../die(jenige), die.../das(jenige), das...

he/that was the one — er/das wars

do you have one? — haben Sie einen/eine/ein(e)s?

the red/big etc one — der/die/das Rote/Große etc

he has some very fine ones — er hat sehr Schöne

my one (inf) — meiner/meine/mein(e)s

his one (inf) — seiner/seine/sein(e)s

not (a single) one of them, never one of them — nicht eine(r, s) von ihnen, kein Einziger/keine Einzige/kein Einziges

no one of these people — keiner dieser Leute

any one — irgendeine(r, s)

every one — jede(r, s)

this one — diese(r, s)

that one — der/die/das, jene(r, s) (geh)

which one? — welche(r, s)?

that's a good one (inf) — der (Witz) ist gut; ( iro, excuse etc ) (das ist ein) guter Witz

let's have a quick one after work (inf) —

I'm not one to go out often — ich bin nicht der Typ, der oft ausgeht

I'm not usually one to go out on a week night, but today... — ich gehe sonst eigentlich nicht an Wochentagen aus, aber heute...

I am not much of a one for cakes (inf) — ich bin kein großer Freund von Kuchen (inf), Kuchen ist eigentlich nicht mein Fall (inf)

she was never one to cry — Weinen war noch nie ihre Art; (but she did) sonst weinte sie nie

he's never one to say no — er sagt nie Nein or nein

what a one he is for the girls! — der ist vielleicht ein Schwerenöter! (inf)

he's a great one for discipline/turning up late — der ist ganz groß, wenns um Disziplin/ums Zuspätkommen geht

ooh, you are a one! (inf) — oh, Sie sind mir vielleicht eine(r)! (inf)

she is a teacher, and he/her sister wants to be one too — sie ist Lehrerin, und er möchte auch gern Lehrer werden/ihre Schwester möchte auch gern eine werden

I, for one, think otherwise — ich, zum Beispiel, denke anders

they came one and all — sie kamen alle (ohne Ausnahme)

one by one — einzeln

one after the other — eine(r, s) nach dem/der/dem anderen

take one or the other —

you can't have one without the other — Sie können das eine nicht ohne das andere haben

one or other of them will do it — der/die eine oder andere wird es tun

he's not one of our group — er gehört nicht zu unserer Gruppe

he is one of us — er ist einer von uns

one who knows the country —

in the manner of one who... — in der Art von jemandem, der...

like one demented/possessed — wie verrückt/besessen

2) (impers) (nom) man; (acc) einen; (dat) einem

one must learn to keep quiet — man muss lernen, still zu sein

to hurt one's foot — sich (dat) den Fuß verletzen

to wash one's face/hair — sich (dat) das Gesicht/die Haare waschen

friends happy — man sieht seine Freunde gern glücklich

3. n
(= written figure) Eins f
Chapter one — Kapitel eins

in ones and twos — in kleinen Gruppen

they became one — sie wurden eins

they were made one — sie wurden vereint

to be at one (with sb) — sich (dat) (mit jdm) einig sein

he was at one with the world — er war mit der Welt im Einklang

he is not at one with himself — er ist mit sich selbst nicht im Reinen

it was a bedroom and sitting room (all) in one — es war Schlaf- und Wohnzimmer in einem

T-shirt and shorts all in one — T-shirt und Shorts in einem Stück

I landed him one (inf) — dem habe ich eine(n) or eins verpasst (inf)

Rangers were one up after the first half — Rangers hatten nach der ersten Halbzeit ein Tor Vorsprung

* * *

one [wʌn]

A adj

1. ein, eine, ein:

one apple ein Apfel;

one man in ten einer von zehn;

one or two ein oder zwei, ein paar;

he spoke to him as one man to another er redete mit ihm von Mann zu Mann; → hundred A 1, thousand A 1

2. (emphatisch) ein, eine, ein, ein einziger, eine einzige, ein einziges:

all were of one mind sie waren alle einer Meinung;

he is one with me on this er ist mit mir darüber einer Meinung;

be made one ehelich verbunden werden;

for one thing zunächst einmal;

no one man could do it allein könnte das niemand schaffen;

his one thought sein einziger Gedanke;

the one way to do it die einzige Möglichkeit(, es zu tun);

my one and only hope meine einzige Hoffnung;

the one and only Mr X der unvergleichliche oder einzigartige Mr. X; → man A 5

3. all one nur präd alles eins, ein und dasselbe:

it is all one to me es ist mir (ganz) egal;

it’s one fine job es ist eine einmalig schöne Arbeit

4. ein gewisser, eine gewisse, ein gewisses, ein, eine, ein:

one day eines Tages (in Zukunft od Vergangenheit);

one of these days irgendwann (ein)mal;

one John Smith ein gewisser John Smith

B s

1. Eins f, eins:

one is half of two eins ist die Hälfte von zwei;

a Roman one eine römische Eins;

one and a half ein(und)einhalb, anderthalb;

I bet ten to one (that …) ich wette zehn zu eins(, dass …);

at one o’clock um ein Uhr;

one-ten ein Uhr zehn, zehn nach eins;

in the year one anno dazumal;

be one up on sb jemandem (um eine Nasenlänge) voraus sein; → number one

2. (der, die) Einzelne, (das) einzelne (Stück):

the all and the one die Gesamtheit und der Einzelne;

one by one, one after another, one after the other einer nach dem andern;

one with another eins zum anderen gerechnet;

by ones and twos einzeln und zu zweien oder zweit;

I for one ich zum Beispiel

3. Einheit f:

be at one with sb mit jemandem einer Meinung oder einig sein;

be at one with nature eins mit der Natur sein;

be at one with life rundherum zufrieden sein;

all in one

a) alle gemeinsam,

b) alles in einem

4. Ein(s)er m, besonders Eindollarnote f

C pron

1. ein(er), eine, ein(es), jemand:

as one wie ein Mann, geschlossen;

on this question they were as one in dieser Frage waren sich alle einig;

as one enchanted wie verzaubert;

as one deprived of their senses wie von Sinnen;

one of the poets einer der Dichter;

one who einer, der;

the one who der(jenige), der oder welcher;

one so cautious jemand, der so vorsichtig ist; ein so vorsichtiger Mann;

help one another einander oder sich gegenseitig helfen;

have you heard the one about …? kennen Sie den (Witz) schon von …?;

one for all and all for one einer für alle und alle für einen

2. (Stützwort, meist unübersetzt):

a sly one ein ganz Schlauer;

the little ones die Kleinen (Kinder);

that one der, die, das da ( oder dort);

a red pencil and a blue one ein roter Bleistift und ein blauer;

the portraits are fine ones die Porträts sind gut;

the picture is a realistic one das Bild ist realistisch; → anyone, each A, many A 1, someone

3. man:

one knows

4. one’s sein, seine, sein:

break one’s leg sich das Bein brechen;

lose one’s way sich verirren

5. umg

a) ein anständiges Ding (hervorragende Sache, besonders tüchtiger Schlag)

b) Kanone f fig, Könner(in):

one in the eye fig ein Denkzettel;

that’s a good one! nicht schlecht!;

you are a one! du bist mir vielleicht einer!; → land C 6

* * *
1. adjective
1) attrib. ein

one thing I must say — ein[e]s muss ich sagen

one or two — (fig.): (a few) ein paar

one more... — noch ein...

one more time — noch einmal

it's one [o'clock] — es ist eins od. ein Uhr; see also eight 1.; half 1. 1), 3. 2); quarter 1. 1)

2) attrib. (single, only) einzig

the one thing — das einzige

any one — irgendein

in any one day/year — an einem Tag/in einem Jahr

at any one time — zur gleichen Zeit; (always) zu jeder Zeit

no one — kein

not one [little] bit — überhaupt nicht

3) (identical, same) ein

one and the same person/thing — ein und dieselbe Person/Sache

at one and the same time — gleichzeitig; see also all 2. 1)

4) pred. (united, unified)

we are one — wir sind uns einig

be one as a family/nation — eine einige Familie/Nation sein; see also with 1)

5) attrib. (a particular but undefined)

at one time — einmal; einst (geh.)

one morning/night — eines Morgens/Nachts

one day — (on day specified) einmal; (at unspecified future date) eines Tages

one day soon — bald einmal

one day next week — irgendwann nächste Woche

one Sunday — an einem Sonntag

6) attrib. contrasted with ‘other’/‘another’ ein

for one thing — zum einen

neither one thing nor the other — weder das eine noch das andere; see also hand 1. 24)

7)

in one — (coll.): (at first attempt) auf Anhieb

got it in one! — (coll.) [du hast es] erraten!
2. noun
1) eins

2) (number, symbol) Eins, die; see also eight 2. 1)

3) (unit)

in ones — einzeln

two for the price of one — zwei zum Preis von einem
3. pronoun
1)

one of... — ein... (+ Gen.)

one of them/us — etc. einer von ihnen/uns usw.

any one of them — jeder/jede/jedes von ihnen

every one of them — jeder/jede/jedes [einzelne] von ihnen

not one of them — keiner/keine/keines von ihnen

2) replacing n. implied or mentioned ein...

big ones and little ones — große und kleine

the jacket is an old one — die Jacke ist [schon] alt

the older/younger one — der/die/das ältere/jüngere

this is the one I like — den/die/das mag ich

my husband is the tall one over there — mein Mann ist der große da

you are or were the one who insisted on going to Scotland — du warst der-/diejenige, der/die unbedingt nach Schottland wollte

this one — dieser/diese/dieses [da]

that one — der/die/das [da]

these ones or those ones? — (coll.) die [da] oder die [da]?

these/those blue etc. ones — diese/die blauen usw.

which one? — welcher/welche/welches?

which ones? — welche?

not one — keiner/keine/keines; (emphatic) nicht einer/eine/eines

all but one — alle außer einem/einer/einem

the last house but one — das vorletzte Haus

I for one — ich für mein[en] Teil

one by one, one after another or the other — einzeln

love one another — sich od. (geh.) einander lieben

be kind to one another — nett zueinander sein

3) (contrasted with ‘other’/‘another’)

[the] one... the other — der/die/das eine... der/die/das andere

4) (person or creature of specified kind)

the little one — der/die/das Kleine

our dear or loved ones — unsere Lieben

young one — (youngster) Kind, das; (young animal) Junge, das

5)

[not] one who does or to do or for doing something — [nicht] der Typ, der etwas tut

6) (representing people in general; also coll.): (I, we) man; as indirect object einem; as direct object einen

one's — sein

wash one's hands — sich (Dat.) die Hände waschen

7) (coll.): (drink)

I'll have just a little one — ich trinke nur einen Kleinen (ugs.)

have one on me — ich geb dir einen aus

8) (coll.): (blow)

give somebody one on the head/nose — jemandem eins über den Kopf/auf die Nase geben (ugs.)

* * *

(number) n.

eins Zahlwort

n. adj.

ein adj.

eins adj. pron.

man pron.

English-german dictionary > one
3 one

1. n единица

write down two ones — напишите две единицы

one level — уровень единицы; уровень "1"; единичный уровень

read-disturbed one — единица разрушенная током считывания

partial one signal — сигнал единицы при частичной выборке

write-disturbed one — единица разрушенная током записи

undisturbed one signal — сигнал неразрушенной единицы

2. n один из

one of the family — член семьи

one of — один из

yet one — ещё один

one more — еще один

one more — ещё один

one out of — один из

3. n раз

one, two, three … — раз, два, три …

in one go — сразу

one! two! — раз!, два!

at one fling — одним ударом, одним махом; сразу

at one haul — одним заводом невода; за один раз

he hung one on his jaw — он дал ему разок в челюсть

4. n один, одиночка

by ones and twos — по одному и по двое

four thousand one hundred and one — четыре тысячи сто один

one screen at a time — один полноэкранный кадр за один раз

no one man can do this — в одиночку это никому не под силу

no one man can do it — в одиночку это никому не под силу

in one scoop, with a scoop — в один приём, одним ударом

5. n год

the baby is one — ребёнку год

one spot — год тюрьмы

we shall return one year from today — мы вернёмся через год

6. n час

he will come at one — он придёт в час

a quarter to one — без четверти час

the clock sang out one — часы пробили час

7. n филос. идея, сущность

oh, you are a one telling that joke in front of the manager — ну, ты даёшь, так шутить в присутствии управляющего

he was one too many — он оказался лишним

the one about — шутка, анекдот

have you heard the one about the travelling salesman? — вы знаете анекдот о коммивояжёре?

but one — предпоследний

the topmost stair but one — предпоследняя сверху ступенька

all one — всё равно, всё едино; безразлично

as one — как один, все вместе

at one — заодно; единодушно

we are at one in thinking that … — мы едины во мнении, что …; мы оба или все думаем, что …

in the year one — очень давно;

since the year one — с незапамятных времён

all in one — все вместе

one up on — преимущество, перевес

they are trying to get one up on each other — они стараются обогнать друг друга

a right one — дурак, «дубина»

the Holy One, One above — бог

8. a единственный

one only — единственный, уникальный

the only one — единственный

one single — один единственный

one and only friend — единственный друг

my one ewe-lamb — моё единственное сокровище

9. a единый; одинаковый

one and undivided — единый и неделимый

with one accord — единодушно

one god — единый Бог

10. a целый, единый, неразлучный

to be made one — пожениться, сочетаться браком

11. a тот же самый, этот же

one and the same — один и тот же; тот же самый

one who — тот кто

one that — тот который

from square one — с самого начала

he was one of the a twin — это был брат-близнец

one and the same person — один и тот же человек

12. a одинаковый, неизменный

to remain for ever one — всегда оставаться самим собой

13. a какой-то, неопределённый

one day last summer — как-то прошлым летом

14. a некий, некто

one John Smith — некто Джон Смит

any one — кто бы то ни было; любой

there is no one to stop him — некому удержать его

15. num число один

one page — одна страница

item one — пункт один

never a one — ни один

one of them — один из них

as one man — все как один

in one shot — за один цикл

16. num один; первый

number one — номер первый

one step further — на один шаг вперед

blind in one eye — слепой на один глаз

tier one capital — капитал первого порядка

one in ten — каждый десятый, один из десяти

one of the longer — один из наиболее длинных

Синонимический ряд:

1. single (adj.) lone; one and only; only; particular; separate; single; sole; solitary

2. unique (adj.) different; especial; individual; odd; peculiar; singular; special; uncommon; unique

3. united (adj.) associated; coalescing; connected; joined; linked; related; united; wed

4. single item (noun) digit; individual; integer; item; person; single item; thing; unit; whole

5. unity (noun) entirety; oneness; solidarity; togetherness; totality; unity

6. join (verb) associate; bracket; coadunate; coagment; coalesce; combine; compound; concrete; conjoin; conjugate; connect; couple; join; link; marry; relate; unite; wed; yoke

7. someone (other) somebody; someone

English-Russian base dictionary > one
4 if two men ride on a horse, one must ride behind

посл.

"когда двое едут на одной лошади, то одному всегда приходится сидеть позади" [шекспировское выражение; см. цитату]

Dogberry: "...well, God's a good man: an [= and if] two men ride of a horse, one must ride behind." (W. Shakespeare, ‘Much Ado about Nothing’, act III, sc. 5) — Кизил: "...правильно, божий ты человек! А все-таки если двое на одной лошади едут, так кому-нибудь приходится сидеть позади." (перевод Т. Щепкиной-Куперник)

Magnus: "I do not feel bound to accept this ultimatum. By signing it I put myself out of the running. Why should I?" Balbus: "Because youre the King: that's why." Magnus: "Does it follow?" Proteus: "If two men ride on the same horse, one must ride behind." (B. Shaw, ‘The Apple Cart’, act I) — Магнус: "я не считаю себя обязанным принять условия предложенного мне ультиматума. Подписав его, я тем самым выхожу из игры. На каком основании?" Бальб: "Потому что вы король. Вот почему." Магнус: "Разве это отсюда вытекает?" Протей: "Когда двое едут на одной лошади, один должен быть позади другого."

Large English-Russian phrasebook > if two men ride on a horse, one must ride behind
5 εἷς

εἷς, μία, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός a numerical term, ‘one’ (Hom.+)

① a single pers. or thing, with focus on quantitative aspect, one

ⓐ in contrast to more than one

α. adj. μίλιον ἕν Mt 5:41; cp. 20:12; 25:15, 24; Ac 21:7; 28:13; 2 Pt 3:8. Opp. πάντες Ro 5:12 (εἷς ἄνθρωπος as Hippocr., Ep. 11, 2 [IX p. 326]; SHanson, Unity of the Church in the NT, ’46, 65–73 [lit.]). Opp. the nation J 11:50; 18:14 (cp. Oenom. in Eus., PE 5, 25, 5 μεῖον εἶναι ἕνα ἀντι πάντων πεσεῖν τὸν βασιλέα=it is a lesser evil when one, instead of all the citizens, falls, namely, the king).

β. noun, Lk 23:16 (17) v.l. w. partitive gen. (Diod S 1, 91, 5 αὐτῶν εἷς; Jos., Vi. 204; Just., A I, 1, 1 al.) Mt 5:19; 6:29; 18:6; Mk 9:42; Lk 12:27; 15:21 v.l.; 17:2, 22; 23:39; J 19:34 or w. ἐκ (Maximus Tyr. 1, 6 ab ἐκ πολλῶν εἷς; Lucian, Somn. 9; Jos., Bell. 7, 47) Mt 18:12; 22:35; 26:21; Mk 14:18; J 1:40; 6:8; Ac 11:28 al. ὁ εἷς τῶν δώδεκα one of the twelve Mk 14:10 is a peculiar expr. (cp. BGU 1145, 25 [18 B.C.] ὁ εἷς αὐτῶν Ταυρῖνος; UPZ 161, 50; 54; PTebt 138; 357, 10).

ⓑ in contrast to the parts, of which a whole is made up (Theophr. in Apollon. Paradox. 16 τὰ πολλὰ ἓν γίγνεσθαι; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ὠκεανός: γίγνεται ἐκ δύο εἰς ἕν; Just., D. 103, 5 ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων … ἓν ὄνομα). ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16 (all three Gen 2:24). οἱ πολλοὶ ἓν σῶμά ἐσμεν we, though many, form one body Ro 12:5; cp. 1 Cor 12:12, 20; Eph 2:15. πάντες εἷς ἐστε you are all one Gal 3:28. ἕν εἰσιν 1 Cor 3:8; cp. J 10:30; 17:11, 21–23 (cp. 1QS 5, 2; Just., D. 42, 3 ἓν ὄντες πρᾶγμα). Also εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8 (Appian, Iber. 66 §280 ἐς ἕν=together, as a unity). εἰς ἕν J 11:52 (cp. 1QS 5, 7). ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν who has united the two divisions Eph 2:14.—MAppold, The Oneness Motif (John) ’76.

ⓒ w. negative foll. εἷς … οὐ (μή), stronger than οὐδείς (Aristoph., Eccl. 153, Thesm. 549; X., An. 5, 6, 12; Demosth. 30, 33 ἡ γυνὴ μίαν ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐχήρευσεν; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 18) ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται not one of them will fall Mt 10:29 (Lucian, Herm. 28 ἓν ἐξ ἁπάντων); cp. 5:18; Mk 8:14; Lk 11:46; 12:6. The neg. rarely comes first Mt 5:36.

② a single entity, with focus on uniformity or quality, one

ⓐ one and the same (Pind., N. 6, 1 ἓν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος• ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ πνέομεν ἀμφότεροι; Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 6; Maximus Tyr. 19, 4a; cp. OGI 383, 59 [I B.C., the ruler’s statue is to be made of the type of stone used for statues of the gods]; Gen 11:1; 40:5; Lev 22:28; Wsd 7:6; Ar. 13, 5 μία φύσις τῶν θεῶν) ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ in one and the same house Lk 12:52 (Diod S 14, 43, 1 ἐν ἑνὶ τόπω). Expressing unanimity ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι w. one voice Ro 15:6; τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄρτου one and the same loaf 1 Cor 10:17; εἷς ὁ θεός one and the same God (Amphitheos of Heracleia: 431 Fgm. 1b Jac. Διόνυσος κ. Σαβάζιος εἷς ἐστι θεός; difft. Ath. 10, 2 ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ) Ro 3:30; cp. 9:10; 1 Cor 6:16f; 12:9, 13. εἷς κύριος, μία πίστις, ἓν βάπτισμα• εἷς θεός κτλ. (cp. the three genders of εἷς consecutively in Simonides 97 Diehl² ἓν πέλαγος, μία ναῦς, εἷς τάφος [of shipwrecked pers.]; Just., D. 63, 5 μιᾷ ψυχῇ … συναγωγῇ … ἐκκλησίᾳ) Eph 4:5f (NJklA 35, 1915, 224ff. The repetition of εἷς is like Herm. Wr. 11, 11; Epict. 3, 24, 10ff).—Rv 9:13; 18:8; Ac 17:26. ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ Phil 1:27; cp. Ac 4:32 (cp. Aristot., EN 9, 8, 2; Plut., Mor. 478c). τὸ ἓν φρονεῖν be of one mind Phil 2:2. συνάγειν εἰς ἕν unite, bring together (Pla., Phileb. 23e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 45, 3 συνάξειν εἰς ἓν τὰ ἔθνη; POxy 1411, 3 τῶν δημοσίων εἰς ἓν συναχθέντων; TestJob 28:5 τὰ χρήματα ἐὰν συναχθῇ εἰς ἓν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό ‘if all [our] valuables were brought together at one place’; Jos., Bell. 3, 518) J 11:52. τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτό one and the same 1 Cor 12:11 (cp. Diod S 11, 47, 3; 17, 104, 6; Epict. 1, 11, 28; 1, 19, 15; Just., D. 123, 1 ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ … νόμου); cp. ἓν καὶ αὐτό τινι 11:5.—εἰς ἕνα τόπον in a place by itself (Jos., Ant. 6, 125) J 20:7.

ⓑ (a) single, only one (Diod S 16, 11, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 44 §180 εἷς ἀνήρ; Maximus Tyr. 11, 6c μαντεῖον ἕν al.; Just., D. 141, 3 τῆν μίαν τοῦ Δαυεὶδ … παράπτωσιν) λόγον ἕνα Mt 21:24 (GrBar 5:1); Gal 5:14. ἕνα ἄρτον Mk 8:14. εἷς ἄρτος 1 Cor 10:17a (εἷς ἄ. is also the symbol of the unity of the Pythagorean fellowship: Diog. L. 8, 35; here Diog. L. adds that οἱ βάρβαροι hold the same view ἔτι καὶ νῦν). πῆχυν ἕνα Mt 6:27 (s. πῆχυς); ἓν μέλος 1 Cor 12:26; ἓν ἔργον J 7:21 (here, following ἕν, καί adds an indication of the greatness of the accomplishment, as Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 133 §555 ἓν ἐκ τῶν Καίσαρος ἔργων προὔθηκα …, καί). εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός Mt 19:17; ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 23:15; ἕνα εἶχεν υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν he had an only son, whom he loved dearly Mk 12:6 (εἷς υἱ. as Phalaris, Ep. 18). ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν Gal 3:20; cp. Mk 12:32; 1 Cor 8:4, 6 (v.l. adds to God the Father and Jesus Christ ἓν πνεῦμα ἅγιον κτλ. Cp. also Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a θεὸς εἷς … κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί and as early as Xenophanes, Fgm. 19 Diehl³ εἷς θεὸς ἔν τε θεοῖσι κ. ἀνθρωποῖσι μέγιστος [= Fgm. 23 Diels]); Js 2:19; PtK 3 p. 15, 20 (Herm. Wr. 11, 11; 14 εἷς ὁ θεός; POxy 1382, 20 εἷς Ζεὺς Σάραπις; Sb 159, 1 εἷς θεὸς ὁ βοηθῶν ὑμῶν; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 67; Jos., Ant. 5, 97 θεός τε εἷς; 8, 343, C. Ap. 2, 193; SibOr 4, 30 and Fgm. 1, 7; Ath. 6, 1 μονάς ἐστιν ὁ θεός, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν εἷς; 6, 4 ὁ θεὸς εἷς; s. EPeterson, Εἷς Θεός 1926; D. Monotheismus als polit. Problem ’35; additional reff. Horst, Ps.-Phoc. p. 151f). εἷς ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ διδάσκαλος Mt 23:8; cp. vs. 9. μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ a husband married only once (numerous sepulchral ins celebrate the virtue of a surviving spouse by noting that he or she was married only once, thereby suggesting the virtue of extraordinary fidelity, e.g. CIL VI, 3604; 723; 12405; 14404; cp. Horace, Odes 3, 14, 4; Propertius 4, 11, 36; Valerius Maximus 4, 3, 3; and s. esp. CIL VI, 1527, 31670, 37053=ILS 8393 [text and Eng. tr.: EWistrand, The So-Called Laudatio Thuriae, ’76]; s. GWilliams, JRS 48, ’58 16–29. For the use of μία in ref. to a woman: Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 346 D.: ὑπὲρ μιᾶς γυναικός=for only one woman; μία γυνή quite freq.: Diod S 17, 72, 6; cp. 1, 80, 3, where the phrase γαμοῦσι μίαν simply means that the priests married only once, not that they lead a strictly moral life, a concept for which Greeks never use the expression μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ or anything like it; Hippostratus [III B.C.]: 568 Fgm. 1 Jac.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 95 §402; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ: Ath. terms a second marriage εὐπρεπής μοιχεία veiled adultery) 1 Ti 3:2, 12; Tit 1:6; others render husband of one wife (e.g. RSV in later printings; REB). Correspondingly ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή (cp. the exemplary conduct of Hannah [Anna] Lk 2:36; Paus. 7, 25, 13 the priestess of the earth goddess must be a woman who, before she became a priestess, was not πλέον ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐς πεῖραν ἀφιγμένη) 1 Ti 5:9.—Abs. 1 Cor 9:24; 2 Cor 5:14. μεσίτης ἑνός an intermediary for one alone Gal 3:20; cp. Js 4:12. οὐδὲ εἷς not even a single (X., Mem. 1, 6, 2, Cyr. 1, 3, 10 et al.; Sir 42:20; 49:14 v.l.; 1 Macc 11:70) Mt 27:14; Ac 4:32. Freq. at the end of a sentence or clause (ref. fr. comedy in ESchwartz, NGG 1908, p. 534, 3. Also Hermocles [IV–III B.C.] p. 174, 17 Coll. Alex.; Dio Chrys. 21 [38], 23; Ael. Aristid. 28, 156 K.=49 p. 542 D.; 53 p. 617 D.; Epict. 2, 18, 26, Enchir. 1, 3; Philonides in Stob. 3, 35, 6 ed. Hense III p. 688; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 59, 5 [39 A.D.]; Bel 18 Theod.; 1 Macc 7:46) Ro 3:10; οὐδὲ ἕν foll. by ἐὰν μή J 3:27. This is a good reason for placing the period after οὐδὲ ἕν J 1:3 (s. GBergh van Eysinga, PM 13, 1909, 143–50. EHennecke, Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. I 1928, 207–19; Md’Asbeck, ibid. 220–28; REisler, Revue de Philol. 3 sér. 4, 1930, 350–71; BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6; KAland, ZNW 59, ’68, 174–209; Metzger 195f; γίνομαι 2a), but the lack of inner punctuation in the older mss. validates consideration of alternative punctuation. οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός there is not even one Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:3; Just., D. 103, 2 οὐδὲ μέχρις ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ‘not a single person’). μία εἴσοδος the only entrance Hs 9, 12, 6.—ἕν only one thing: ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει you still lack only one thing (Jos., Bell. 4, 257) Lk 18:22. ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ you lack only one thing Mk 10:21; cp. Lk 10:42. ἓν οἶδα at least this one thing I know J 9:25. ἓν δὲ τοῦτο this one thing (Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 19; Just., D. 115, 6 ἓν δὲ μικρὸν ὁτιοῦν) 2 Pt 3:8.—ἓν δέ is a short interjectional sentence (like Xenophon Eph. 1, 5, 3 τοσοῦτο δέ•) just one thing! Phil 3:13 (AFridrichsen, ConNeot 9, ’44, 31f).—Gal 5:14 commercial imagery εἷς λόγος (just) one entry, one heading (cp. BGU 831, 13).

ⓒ alone (οὐδεὶς) … εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός Mk 2:7 (in the parallel Lk 5:21 μόνος ὁ θεός, cp. Herm Wr. 11, 11 εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός … εἰ μὴ μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ); 10:18; 12:29 (Dt 6:4); Mt 23:10; Lk 18:19.—EBishop, ET 49, ’38, 363–66.

③ an unspecified entity, some/one=τὶς, whereby εἷς can mean exactly the same thing as the indef. art. (Aristoph. et al. [Av. 1292 εἷς κάπηλος]; Περὶ ὕψους 33, 4 p. 62, 18 V. [the rdg. of cod. Paris], εἷς ἕτερος w. μή ‘for no other reason’; Strabo 5, 3, 2, 230c ἐπηγγείλατο ἕνα ἀγῶνα ἱππικόν; Syntipas p. 29, 3 μία γαλῆ; Appian, Liby. 117 §554 νυκτὸς μιᾶς=one night; Marc. Diac. 27, 5 ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ=on a certain day; SIG 1170, 15 [160 A.D.] μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ; UPZ 162 I, 27 [117 B.C.]; PAmh 30, 28 [II B.C.] Κονδύλου ἑνὸς τῶν ἁλιείων; BGU 1044, 6; Gen 21:15; Jdth 14:6; 1 Esdr 3:5. B-D-F §247, 2; Mlt. 96f; Rob. 674f; Mlt-Turner 195f; EBruhn, RhM 49, 1894, 168–71; JWackernagel, Syntax II² 1928, 151; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 104–6).

ⓐ someone, anyone Mt 18:24; 19:16; Mk 10:17; εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς Lk 24:18. Oft. w. partitive gen. foll. (Alexis 220, 5; Diod S 20, 107, 5 εἷς τῶν φίλων; Epict. 4, 2, 9; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15 εἷς τῶν Σπαρτῶν; TestJob 26:6 μίαν τῶν … γυναικῶν; Jos., Ant. 9, 106) ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν (some) one of the prophets Mt 16:14 (a diminishing term? s. Reader, Polemo p. 257). ἕνα τ. συνδούλων 18:28. ἐν μιᾷ τ. πόλεων Lk 5:12. ἐν μιᾷ τ. ἡμερῶν on one of the days vs. 17; cp. 15:19, 26; 22:47.

ⓑ as indef. art. (s. at 3 above beg.) εἷς γραμματεύς a scribe Mt 8:19. συκῆν μίαν a fig tree Mt 21:19; cp. 26:69; Mk 12:42. παιδάριον ἕν J 6:9 v.l.; ἑνὸς ἀετοῦ Rv 8:13; cp. 18:21; 19:17; ἄρχων εἷς ἐλθών Mt 9:18. εἷς στέφανος ApcPt 3:10; ἓν σῶμα AcPlCor 2:26.

ⓒ used w. τὶς (Pla., Thu., et al.; Jdth 2:13) εἷς τις νεανίσκος a certain young man Mk 14:51 v.l. W. partitive gen. foll. (Trypho Alex. [I B.C.] in Athen. 3, 78a ἕνα τινὰ τ. Τιτάνων; Aesop, Fab. 300 H./30 P. and H-H.; Hierocles 27, 484; IG XII/5, 445, 12 [III B.C.] ἕνα τινὰ αὐτῶν; Ael. Aristid. 29, 14 K.=40 p. 755D.: εἷς τις τ. χορευτῶν) εἷς τις τῶν παρεστηκότων a certain one of the bystanders vs. 47 (on the v.l. without τις s. PDickerson, JBL 116, ’97, 302); also εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν (Jos., Vi. 290) Lk 22:50; J 11:49.

④ marker of someth. that is first, the first

ⓐ perh. Hebraistic (cp. Num 1:1 ἐν μιᾷ τοῦ μηνὸς τ. δευτέρου; 2 Esdr 10:17; Esth 1:1a; Jos., Ant. 1, 29.—But s. also Lydus, Mens. 3, 4 W. τὴν κεφαλὴν τ. χρόνου οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι οὐχὶ πρώτην ἀλλὰ μίαν ὠνόμασαν; Callim., Fgm. 550 P. [482 Schneider] πρὸ μιῆς ὥρης=before the first hour of the day) is its use w. expressions denoting time instead of the ordinal number εἰς μίαν σαββάτων on the first day of the week Mt 28:1; cp. Lk 24:1; Mk 16:2; J 20:1, 19; Ac 20:7; also κατὰ μίαν σαββάτου 1 Cor 16:2 (cp. Just., D. 41, 4 τῇ μίᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἡμέρᾳ; 27, 5 [here w. πρό and μετά resp., in accordance with Latin usage]).

ⓑ not Semitic (Hdt. 4, 161 μία, ἄλλη, τρίτη; Ael. Aristid. 36, 40 K.=48 p. 453 D.: ἕν, δεύτερον, τρίτον, τέταρτον; JosAs 2:17) εἷς καὶ δεύτερος a first and second Tit 3:10 (cp. Alciphron, Ep. 1, 9, 2; Galen XII 746 K.: ὕδωρ ὄμβριον ἔγχριε μέχρι μιᾶς καὶ δευτέρας ἡμέρας; Maximus Tyr. 28, 2h μίαδευτέρα; EpArist 143; Jos., Ant. 11, 150; 16, 350 πεσόντος ἑνός καὶ δευτέρου). S. also ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ μία Rv 9:12.—ἓν τριάκοντα Mk 4:8, 20 is prob. to be considered an Aramaism thirtyfold (B-D-F §248, 3; EKautzsch, Gramm. d. bibl. Aram. 1884 §66, 2; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f).

⑤ special combinations:

ⓐ εἷς … εἷς (Hom. et al. εἷς μὲν … εἷς δέ: X., Cyr. 1, 2, 4; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 20, 1393a; pap in Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 50, 11 and 13 [III B.C.] ἓν μὲν … ἓν δέ; II/2, 372 V, 14 [II A.D.] ὁ εἷς … ὁ εἷς; POxy 1153, 14 [I A.D.] ἓν μὲν … καὶ ἕν; 2 Km 12:1; Sir 34:23f εἷς … καὶ εἷς; Esth 10:3g δύο, ἕνα τῷ λαῷ … καὶ ἕνα τ. ἔθνεσιν; TestJob 51:3 μιᾶς ὑποσειμιούσης τῇ μιᾷ) (the) one … the other Mt 20:21; 24:40f; 27:38; J 20:12; Gal 4:22; B 7:6f. εἷς τὸν ἕνα one another (=ἀλλήλους) 1 Th 5:11 (cp. Theocr. 22, 65 εἷς ἑνί; TestJob 27:3 εἷς τόν ἕνα κατέρραξαν ‘threw each other to the ground’).

ⓑ εἷς … εἷς … εἷς one … another … a third Mt 17:4 (cp. 1 Km 10:3; 13:17, 18).

ⓒ εἷς ἕκαστος every single, strengthening ἕκαστος, adj. Eph 4:16. Mostly subst.; s. ἕκαστος b.

ⓓ ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἕτερος the one … the other (Aristot., De Rep. Ath. 37, 1; Hyperid. 5, 14f; UPZ 161, 39; 43; 46 [119 B.C.]; PGen 48, 6ff μίαν μὲν … τὴν δὲ ἑτέραν; BGU 194, 15f; Esth 5:1a; TestAbr A 11 p. 88, 29 [Stone p. 24]; Just. D. 49, 2 al.) Mt 6:24; Lk 7:41; 16:13; 17:34f; 18:10 al.; also ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος Rv 17:10.

ⓔ distrib. (1 Ch 24:6 εἷς εἷς; AscIs 3:27 εἷς καὶ εἷς καὶ εἷς ἐν τόποις καὶ τόποις) καθʼ ἕνα, καθʼ ἕν (Hdt., Pla. et al.; 1 Esdr 1:31; 4 Macc 15:12, 14; Jos., Bell. 4, 240, Ant. 12, 191; Ath. 25, 3 καθʼ ἕνα καὶ κατὰ ἔθνη) ITr 12:2; καθʼ ἕνα πάντες all, one by one 1 Cor 14:31 (cp. Ps.-Xenophon, Cyn. 6, 14). ὑμεῖς οἱ καθʼ ἕνα ἕκαστος each one of you Eph 5:33. καθʼ ἕν one after the other (hence τὸ καθʼ ἕν ‘a detailed list’: PLille 11, 8 [III B.C.]; PTebt 47, 34; 332, 16) J 21:25. Also καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 22, Ages. 7, 1; EpArist 143) Ac 21:19. ἓν καθʼ ἕν (Aesop, Fab. 274 P.; PLeid II, X 1, 22) each one Rv 4:8. In this pass. the second ἕν could be an undeclined nom. as in εἷς κατὰ εἷς (cp. Lucian, Sol. 9; 3 Macc 5:34. Other exx. in W-S. §26, 9; 11 and Wetstein I 627) one after the other Mk 14:19; J 8:9. τὸ καθʼ εἷς opp. οἱ πολλοί individually Ro 12:5; but κατὰ ἕνα = ἕκαστον Hs 9, 3, 5; 9, 6, 3 (B-D-F §305). ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος each one Rv 21:21.

ⓕ ἀπὸ μιᾶς s. ἀπό 6 (as idiom w. noun to be supplied Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 46, 15 [338 A.D.] μίαν ἐκ μιᾶς, i.e. ἡμέραν=day after day).—B. 937; 1007f. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἷς
6 EINN

one

* * *

card. numb. and pron.

1) one;

einn skal við einn eiga, one shall fight against one;

einn ok einn, one by one, one at a time, singly;

2) as ord. numb. = inn fyrsti (Urð hétu eina, aðra Verðandi, Skuld ina þriðju);

3) the same, one and the same (váru sveinarnir up fœddir báðir í einu þorpi);

allt í eina leið, all in one way;

einn … ok, the same as (í einu herbergi ok hinn);

allr einn, the very same, quite the same (þat er allt eitt ok himinn);

allt at einu, nevertheless, for all that (þó at þú þjónaðir illum, þó var hann allt at einu þinn herra);

4) indef. one, a certain (einn vetr, einn dag, eitt kveld);

einn vinr Þóris, a certain friend of Th.;

before numbers, about, some;

einar fimm þúsundir, some five thousand;

einir … aðrir, some … others (einir tóku dúka ok aðrir rekkjublæjur);

einn ok ýmiss, one and another (einar ok ýmissar þjóðir);

5) after a negation, any;

né eitt, not anything;

6) gen. pl. ‘einna’ used in an intensive sense;

einna manna bezt, best of all (single) men;

einna verst, by far the worst;

einna sízt, by far the least, least of all;

engi er einna hvatastr, no man is superior to all others;

7) alone (Guðrún skyldi ein ráða fyrir fé þeirra);

láta konu eina, to desert or divorce one’s wife;

with gen., hann varð einn sinna manna, he was separated from his men;

if put after the noun ‘einn’ generally denotes only, but;

segja þetta prett einn, to call this a mere trick;

vín eitt, wine only;

var þat (handklæði) raufar einar, all in holes, mere tatters;

fáir einir, only a few;

einn sér or sér einn, quite by oneself, alone (hann var einn sér);

einn saman, einn samt, quite alone;

kona eigi ein saman, not alone, with child;

at eins, only, but;

eigi at eins, not only;

því at eins, only in that case;

údauðr at eins, merely not dead, all but dead, barely alive;

at einu = at eins.

* * *

adj., pl. einir, acc. sing. einn, but also einan, esp. in the sense al-einan etc.; [Gr. εἱς, εν; Lat. ūnus, and early Lat. oinos; Ulf. ains; A. S. ân; Engl. one, in E. Engl. proncd. like stone, bone; Scot. ane; Swed. en; Dan. een]:—one.

A. Cardinal number, one; einn, tveir, þrír …, opp. to báðir, fleiri, etc.; einum eðr fleirum, Grág. i. 108; eina sök eðr fleiri, 78; unnu báðir eins verk, Fas. i. 515; einum ok einum, one by one, ii. 252; tveir menn veðmæltu um einn grip, Grág. i. 412.

2. in old poems it is used as an ordinal number; Urð hétu eina, aðra Verðandi, Vsp. 20; segðu þat it eina …, opp. to þat it annat, Vþm. 20; hjálp heitir eitt, help ranks first, Hm. 147, Vkv. 2; but this use is quite obsolete.

3. with the notion of sameness, one and the same (unus et idem;) í einu húsi, in the same house, Grág. ii. 42; ein ero lög um, hvárt sem ero naut eðr sauðir, i. 422; allt á eina leið, all one way, Fms. ii. 315; til einnar gistingar báðir, vii. 274; í einu brjósti, Alm. 36; allr einn, the very same, Nj. 213.

II. indefinite, a, an, a certain one; einn vetr, a winter, Fms. i. 57; einn dag, x. 11, Fas. i. 514; eitt kveld, Ld. 38; einn hinn versti maðr, Fær. 91; Breiðlingr einn, a man from Broaddale, Sturl. ii. 249; einn vinr Þóris, a certain friend of Thorir, Fms. vi. 277: einn as the indefinite article is hardly found in old writers; and though it is freq. in the Bible, sermons, hymns, etc., since the Reformation, it was no doubt borrowed from the German, and has never been naturalised.

β. about, before numbers; ein tvau hundruð vaðmála, about two hundred pieces, Sks. 30; einar fimm þúsudir, about three thousand, Al. 111,—obsolete, in mod. usage hérum-bil or the like.

III. alone, Gr. μόνος, Lat. solus, used both in sing. and plur.; Guðrún skyldi ein ráða, Ld. 132; Hallr tók einn upp fang, 38; láta einan, to let alone; láttu mig Drottinn einan ekki, Pass. 34. 11; as a law term, to let one’s wife alone, þá lét hann eina Guðrúnu, Fms. x. 324 (cp. einlát); Gunnarr mundi vera einn heima, Nj. 113; sjá einn hlutr, that one thing only, 112; þau ein tíðendi (plur.), only such news, 242.

β. if put after the noun, einn denotes, only, but, sheer, and is almost adverb.; segja þetta prett einn, a mere trick, Sturl. ii. 249; raufar einar, all in holes, Nj. 176; urðu borðin í blóði einu, the tables were bedabbled with blood all over, 270, Ó. H. 116; öll orðin at hvölum einum, all turned into whales, Fas. i. 372; gabb eitt ok háð, sheer mockery, Sks. 247; orð ein, mere words, Nj. 123; ígangs-klæði ein, Eg. 75; vin eitt, wine only, Gm. 19; heiptyrði ein, Fm. 9; hamingjur einar, Vþm. 49; ofsamenn einir, Ld. 158; þá nótt eina, for that one night, N. G. L. i. 240: also after an adj., lítið eina, only a little, Stj. 177; þat eina, er hann ætti sjálfr, Eg. 47, Fms. v. 303; nema góðs eina, naught but good, Eg. 63; fátt eitt, few only, but few; vilt eitt, but what is agreeable, Hm. 125; mikit eitt skala manni gefa, a proverb, ‘small gifts shew great love,’ 51; sá einn, er …, he only, who …, 17; satt eitt, sooth only, Fm. 9; the sense differs according as the adj. is placed before or after the noun, einn Guð, the one God; but, Guð einn, God only, none but God.

IV. plur. in a distributive sense, single; ein gjöld, a single weregild, opp. to tvenn, þrenn, fern, double, triple, quadruple, Grág. ii. 232; thus Icel. say, einir sokkar, skór, vetlingar, a pair of socks, shoes, gloves; einar brækr, a pair of breeches; also with nouns which have only plur., e. g. ein, tvenn, þrenn Jól, one, two, three Christmasses ( Yules); einar (tvennar) dyrr, a single … door; eina Páska, one Easter.

V. gen. pl. einna is used in an intensive sense; einna manna bezt, best of all single men, Fms. ix. 258; í mesta lagi einna manna, foremost of all single men, Bjarn. 65; fátt er svá einna hluta, at örvænt sé at hitti annat slíkt, Ó. H. 75.

β. ellipt., manna, hluta, or the like being omitted, einna becomes almost an adverbial phrase, by far, exceedingly; at engi viti einna miklogi görr (= einna manna), that no one ( no single man) shall know it much better, Grág. i. 2; einna verst, by far the worst, Orkn. 162, Nj. 38; einna sizt, by far the least, least of all, Fms. i. 37; einna mest verðr, Ld. 8; er einna var ríkastr, who was the mightiest of all, Fms. i. 297; engan rétt einna meir kunnan at göra (= einna rétta meir), Sks. 22; engi er einna hvatastr (= e. manna), there is none so mighty but be may find his match, Hm. 63: in mod. usage einna, joined with a superlative, is used adverbially, e. beztr, e. fljótastr, the best, the fleetest, but in a somewhat depreciatory sense.

VI. used adverb.:

1. gen. sing. eins,

α. eins ok, as, as if; eins ok væri hann með öllu óttalauss, Hkr. iii. 275; allt eins ok ( just as) rakkar metja með tungu, Stj. 392.

β. likewise, in the same way; mikill þorri var þat er þær sögðu eins báðar, Landn. (Hb.) 320; this use of eins is very rare in old writers, but freq. in mod. use; in the spoken language at least ‘eins’ (= as) has almost replaced the old ‘sem.’

γ. only; er ek hefi áðr spurn til eins, Fms. iv. 139 (rare).

δ. at eins, only, but, Grág. i. 235; vel at eins, ironically, well enough, Ld. 248; eigi at eins, not only, Fms. i. 266; með sínum at eins kostnaði, vii. 184; því at eins, only in that case, Nj. 228; þar at eins, Ísl. ii. 400; allt eins, not the less for that, 216: in mod. use, just as (vide allr A. V. 5).

2. dat. at einu = at eins; údauðr at einu, Ld. 242; því at einu = því at eins, Fms. iv. 195; því at einu er rétt …, Grág. i. 164; svá at einu, id., Nj. 103; sá evkr syndir sínar at einu, he but adds to his sins, Hom. 157; allt at einu, all the same, Ísl. ii. 216, v. l.: af því einu, only because, Mork. 140.

B. Joined to another pronominal adj. or adv.:

I. einn hverr, adj. pron., in old writers usually in two words and with a double declension (see below), but now and then (and in mod. usage always) in a single word, einn being indecl.; einhverja (acc. f.), Hbl. 30; einhverjum (dat. sing.), Hm. 122, Fms. x. 71; einhverjo héraði, Al. 98, Nj. 2; einhverra (gen.), Fms. iv. 75; einhverir (nom. pl.), viii. 202; einhver, einhverir, etc.: the form eins-hverr is peculiar, keeping the gen. indecl. through all the cases, nom. einshverr, N. G. L. i. 6; acc. einshverja, Stj. 156, 655 xxxii. 18, Gþl. 135; dat. einshverjum, Stj. 22, 442, 448; this form seems to be chiefly Norse, is very rare in old writers, and now quite obsolete; neut. sing. eitthvert, Vm. 73, or eitthvat, Stj. 442, the mod. usage makes a distinction, and uses eitthvert only as adj., eitthvað as subst.:

1. each one, each single one; maðr er einn hverr, Edda 108; þær eru svá margar, at ein hver má vel endask, Eg. 414; ór þeirra fjórðungi sem ór einum hverjum öðrum, Íb. ch. 5; skal einn hverr ( each) þeirra nefna sér vátta, Grág. i. 74; jafnmikinn arf sem einn hverr ( each) sona hans, Sturl. ii. 77; fátt er svá herra einhverra hluta, of any single thing, Fms. iv. 175.

β. joined to a superl. it strengthens the sense; ágætastr maðr einn hverr, one of the very first men, Nj. 282; vinsælastr höfðingi einhverr, highly popular, Fms. vii. 4; einhver drengilegust vörn, ix. 515.

2. in an indefinite sense, some, somebody, a certain one; eitthvert ríki, Sks. 350; eina hverja nótt, some night, 686 B. 4; eitthvert sinn, once, sometime, Sturl. i. 77, Nj. 79; einhverju sinni, id., 2; einhvern dag, some day, Fms. v. 177, Ísl. ii. 212; eina hverja þessa tíð, about this time, N. G. L. i. 355; til einnar hverrar stefnu, to some meeting, Fb. i. 354; eins-hverja hluti, Stj. 156; með eins-hverjum sveini, 442; at ekki sé minna vert, at hlýða prests-messu nývígðs hinni fyrstu, heldr en biskups-messu einhverri, Bs. i. 131.

β. used as subst.; einn hverr várr búandanna, Fms. i. 34; einn hvern manna hans, Eg. 258; einhverr í hverjum dal, Ld. 258, Nj. 192.

γ. einhver-staðar (eins-hver-staðar, Fms. vii. 84), adv. somewhere, Grett. 130, Fms. iv. 57, Sd. 181.

II. einn-saman, adj. ‘one together’ (vide einsamall), i. e. quite alone; maðrinn lifir ekki af einu-saman brauði, Matth. iv. 4; með einni-saman sinni sýn, með einni-saman sinni þefan, Stj. 93; ef útlegðir fara einar-saman, if it be solely a matter of outlay ( fine), Grág. i. 103; ef þat færi eitt-saman, ii. 10: of a woman, vera eigi ein-saman, to be not alone, to be with a child, Fms. iii. 109.

III. with other words; einir … ýmissir, ‘one and sundry;’ various, mixed, Stj. 88, 204; eina hluti ok ýmissa, Fb. i. 191.

β. hverr ok einn, ‘each and one,’ every one, 677. 1, H. E. i. 393, Rb. 492; fyrir hvern mun ok einn, Fas. i. 396.

γ. einn ok sér-hverr, one and all.

δ. einn sér, apart, for oneself, alone; Múspells-synir hafa einir sér fylking, Edda 41; einn sér, sole, Fms. ii. 308; sér einir, Sturl. ii. 53: metaph. singular, peculiar, ein var hón sér í lýðsku, Fs. 30.

ε. sér-hverr, adj. every one, q. v.: eins-konar, adv. of one kind, Skálda 165; mod. indef. of a certain kind, a kind of: eins-kostar, adv. particularly, Ísl. ii. 322, Mork. 81.

ζ. né einn, not one, none; in old writers usually so, but now and then contracted neinn (q. v.), and in mod. usage always so; né eina sekð, Grág. i. 136; né eitt úhreint, Stj. 409; né einu sinni, not once, Fms. xi. 13; né eins, not a single thing, 112; né eina herferð, vii. 28.

η. fáir einir, only a few, in mod. usage in one word, nom. fáeinir, dat. fáeinum, gen. fáeinna: ein-stakr, single, q. v.: al-einn, alone, q. v.: ein-mana, q. v. (cp. Gr. μόνος): einum-megin, adv. on one side, Nj. 248 (vide vegr).

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EINN
7 el2

= the, ye.

Nota: Forma arcaica.

Ex. The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

Ex. The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.

----

* a lo extremo = to the extreme.

* aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.

* barrio de los ricos = upper town.

* de los mejores = as good as any.

* el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.

* el acabose = the last straw.

* el alcance = comprehensiveness.

* el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.

* el año próximo = the year ahead.

* el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.

* el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.

* el auténtico = the real McCoy.

* el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.

* el bien de = the good of.

* el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.

* el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.

* el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.

* el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.

* el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.

* el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.

* el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.

* el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.

* el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.

* el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.

* el charco = the big pond.

* el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.

* el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* el colmo = the last straw.

* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.

* el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* el corazón de = the heart of.

* el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.

* el cual = which.

* el de = that in, that of.

* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.

* El Diluvio = the Flood.

* el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.

* el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.

* el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.

* el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.

* el doble = twice + as many.

* el doble de = twice + the number of.

* El Dorado = El Dorado.

* el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.

* el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.

* el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.

* el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].

* el evitar = avoidance.

* el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).

* el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).

* el final de = the close of.

* el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.

* el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.

* el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.

* el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.

* el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.

* el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.

* el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.

* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.

* el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.

* el grado de = the extent of.

* el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.

* el grado en que = the extent to which.

* el gran hermano = big brother.

* el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.

* el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).

* el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....

* el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.

* el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.

* el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.

* el impulsor de = the power behind.

* el interés público = the public interest.

* El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.

* el lastre de = the shackles of.

* el llevar = carrying.

* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.

* El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.

* el más = all-time.

* el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.

* el más allá = hereafter.

* el más bajo = rock-bottom.

* el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.

* el más leído = the most widely read.

* el más recomendado = best of breed, the.

* el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.

* el mejor = best of breed, the.

* el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.

* el mejor modo de = the best way of.

* el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.

* el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.

* el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.

* el mentir = lying.

* el mes pasado = last month.

* el mío = mine.

* el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).

* el mismo número = as many.

* el modo como = the way in which.

* el modo de = the way in which.

* el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* el momento preciso = the point in time at which.

* el motor de = the power behind.

* el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.

* el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.

* el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.

* el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.

* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.

* el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.

* el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.

* el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.

* el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.

* el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.

* el orgullo de = showpiece.

* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.

* el padre de = the father of.

* el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.

* el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.

* el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.

* el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.

* el peso de = brunt of, the.

* el populacho = the great unwashed.

* el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.

* el portavoz de = the voice of.

* el presente = thisness.

* el primer intento = the first time around.

* el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.

* el primero mencionado = former.

* el principal = the number one.

* el principio de = the dawn of.

* el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.

* el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.

* el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.

* el proletariado = the great unwashed.

* el pulmón de = the heart of.

* el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.

* el que = that, the one.

* el que aprende = learner.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.

* el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].

* el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.

* el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).

* el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.

* el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].

* el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.

* el registro de los registros = record-of-record.

* el registro modelo = record-of-record.

* el resto = rest, the.

* el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).

* El Salvador = El Salvador.

* el segundo mencionado = latter.

* el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* el ser barato = cheapness.

* el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.

* el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.

* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* el tamaño de = the extent of.

* el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.

* el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.

* el tiempo de Algo = in season.

* el tiempo es oro = time is money.

* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.

* el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).

* el tipo de = the range of.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.

* el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.

* el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.

* el último citado = latter.

* el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.

* el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.

* el único = the one and only.

* el único e incomparable = the one and only.

* el único e inimitable = the one and only.

* el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.

* el verdadero = the real McCoy.

* el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.

* el ver televisión = television viewing.

* el viejo = the elder.

* el vulgo = the great unwashed.

* el yugo de = the shackles of.

* espicharlas = kick + the bucket.

* la = the, ye.

* la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.

* la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.

* La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.

* la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.

* la buena noticia = the good news.

* la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.

* la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.

* la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.

* la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.

* la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.

* la ciudadana media = the average Jane.

* la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.

* la clave de = at the heart of.

* la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* la comunidad en general = the community at large.

* la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.

* la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.

* la cosa es que = the thing is.

* la cosa principal = the number one thing.

* la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* la cruz de = the bane of.

* la cuestión es que = the thing is.

* la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.

* la demanda de = a call for.

* la diversidad de = the range of.

* la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.

* la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.

* la época de Algo = in season.

* la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.

* la espalda de = the back of.

* la evidencia = the writing on the wall.

* la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.

* la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.

* la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.

* la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.

* la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).

* la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.

* la gente decía que = rumour had it that.

* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.

* la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.

* la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.

* la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.

* la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.

* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.

* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.

* la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.

* la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.

* la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.

* la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.

* la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.

* la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.

* La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.

* la joya de = showpiece.

* la judicatura = the Bench.

* la justicia = the Bench.

* la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.

* la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.

* la magistratura = the Bench.

* la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

* la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

* la mar de = a whole slew of.

* la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.

* la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.

* la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.

* la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.

* la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.

* la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.

* la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.

* la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.

* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.

* la medida en que = the extent to which.

* la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].

* la mejor manera = how best.

* la mejor manera de = the best way of.

* la mejor oferta = the best deal.

* la mejor opción = the best bet.

* la mejor salida = the best way forward.

* la mejor solución = the best way forward.

* la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.

* la mentira = lying.

* la mirada en = eye(s) on.

* la misma persona = one and the same person.

* la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).

* la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.

* la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.

* la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.

* la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.

* la parte de atrás de = the back of.

* la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.

* la parte más importante = the heart of.

* la parte principal de = the bulk of.

* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.

* la parte trasera de = the back of.

* la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.

* la pesadilla de = the bane of.

* la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.

* la petición de = a call for.

* la píldora = the pill.

* la plebe = the great unwashed.

* la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.

* la primera tentativa = the first time around.

* la primera vez = the first time around.

* la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.

* la próxima moda = the next hot thing.

* la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.

* la que = that, the one.

* la razón de ser = the reason for being.

* la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).

* la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.

* la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....

* la riqueza de = the wealth of.

* la ruina de = the bane of.

* las = the, ye.

* las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.

* las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las ataduras de = the shackles of.

* las autoridades = the powers-that-be.

* las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.

* las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).

* las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).

* las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.

* las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.

* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.

* las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.

* las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.

* las de = those for.

* las doce del mediodía = noon.

* la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.

* la segunda opción = the next best choice.

* la segunda vez = the second time around.

* la semana pasada = last week.

* la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* la situación = the course of events.

* la sociedad en general = society at large.

* las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.

* las profundidades del mar = the deep.

* las profundidades del océano = the deep.

* las pruebas = the writing on the wall.

* las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.

* las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.

* las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.

* las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.

* las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.

* la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.

* la suerte está echada = the die is cast.

* la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.

* las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.

* las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.

* la temporada de Algo = in season.

* la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.

* la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.

* la tira de = a whole slew of.

* la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.

* la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).

* la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* la última vez = last time.

* la última vez que = the last time.

* la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.

* la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.

* la ventaja de = the beauty of.

* la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.

* la verdad = the lowdown (on).

* la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.

* la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....

* la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.

* la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.

* la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.

* la vida continúa = the show must go on.

* la vida + continuar = life + go on.

* la vida es así = life's like that.

* ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.

* la vida + seguir = life + go on.

* la víspera de = on the eve of.

* la voz de = the voice of.

* la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.

* la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.

* la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.

* la voz del odio = the voice of hate.

* la voz interior = the voice within.

* lo absurdo = ridiculousness.

* lo adecuado = adequacy.

* lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.

* lo anodino = blandness.

* lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.

* lo apropiado = appropriateness.

* lo barato = inexpensiveness.

* lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).

* lo bastante elevado = high enough.

* lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.

* lo bueno de = the beauty of.

* lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.

* lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.

* lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.

* lo caro = expensiveness.

* lo chicano = Chicana.

* lo chulo = coolness.

* lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).

* lo completo = completeness.

* lo completo que Algo está = fullness.

* lo creas o no = believe it or not.

* lo decisivo = the last word.

* lo definitivo = the last word.

* lo desagradable = unpleasantness.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.

* lo directo = directness.

* lo divertido = the fun part.

* lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.

* lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).

* lo estrafalario = zaniness.

* lo estrambótico = zaniness.

* lo extenso = comprehensiveness.

* lo favorable = propitiousness.

* lo hebraico = Hebraica.

* lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.

* lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.

* lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.

* lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.

* lo indefinido = indefiniteness.

* lo indirecto = indirectness.

* lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.

* lo insulso = blandness.

* lo interesante = the fun part.

* lo judío = Judaica.

* lo lindo = cuteness.

* lo llano = flatness.

* lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.

* lo más conveniente es que = optimally.

* lo más destacado = highlights.

* lo más detestado = pet hate.

* lo más importante = most of all, at its core.

* lo más interesante = highlights.

* lo más mínimo = so much as.

* lo más novedoso = the last word.

* lo más odiado = pet hate.

* lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.

* lo más probable es que = most probably.

* lo más recio de = brunt of, the.

* lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.

* lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* lo mejor = the top of the tree.

* lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.

* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.

* lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.

* lo mejor de todo = best of all.

* lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.

* lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....

* lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.

* lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.

* lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.

* lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.

* lo menos posible = as little as possible.

* lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.

* lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.

* lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).

* lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.

* lo mismo que antes = the same as before.

* lo mismo que para = the same as that for.

* lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).

* lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.

* lo mucho que = how extensively.

* lo noble = high-mindedness.

* lo no convencional = unconventional, the.

* lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).

* lo oportuno = timeliness.

* lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.

* lo peor de = brunt of, the.

* lo peor del = the armpit of the.

* lo pintoresco = quaintness.

* lo plano = flatness.

* lo poco común = rarity, rareness.

* lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.

* lo primero = for one, first off.

* lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.

* lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.

* lo propicio = propitiousness.

* lo público = publicness.

* lo que = that which, what.

* lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.

* lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.

* lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.

* lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.

* lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.

* lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.

* lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.

* lo que es aun mejor = better still.

* lo que es aun peor = worse still.

* lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.

* lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.

* lo que es más = what is more, what's more.

* lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.

* lo que es mejor aun = better still.

* lo que es muy importante = importantly.

* lo que es peor = what's worse.

* lo que es peor aun = worse still.

* lo que espera a = what is on store for.

* lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.

* lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.

* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.

* lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.

* lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.

* lo que le corresponde = fair share.

* lo que nos espera = things to come.

* lo que quiera que = whatever.

* lo que sea = something or other.

* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.

* lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.

* lo que + ser = what + be like.

* lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.

* lo rural = rurality.

* los = the, ye.

* los 365 días del año = year-round.

* los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.

* los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.

* los acontecimientos = the course of events.

* lo sagrado = sacredness.

* los albores de = the dawn of.

* los años cincuenta = fifties.

* los años treinta = thirties.

* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.

* los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.

* los buenos tiempos = the good old days.

* los comienzos de = the dawn of.

* los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.

* los de = those for, those in.

* los demás = rest, the, everybody else.

* los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* los días antes de = leading up to.

* los dos = both, both of them, both of which.

* los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.

* los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.

* los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.

* los mandamás = the powers-that-be.

* los más necesitados = those most in need.

* los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.

* los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.

* los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.

* los necesitados = the needy.

* los orígenes de = the dawn of.

* los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].

* los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.

* los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.

* los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.

* los que = those who.

* los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.

* los que mandan = the powers-that-be.

* los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.

* los que + Verbo = those + Participio.

* los tribunales = the Bench.

* lo suficientemente cerca = within range.

* lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.

* lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.

* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.

* lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.

* los últimos coletazos = fag-end.

* lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.

* los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.

* los viejos tiempos = the good old days.

* lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.

* lo último = the last word.

* lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.

* lo vanguardista = cutting edge.

* lo yidish = Yiddica.

* parmarlas = kick + the bucket.

* ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

Spanish-English dictionary > el2
8 πνεῦμα

πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.³ 308ff).

① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)

ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).

ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).

② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen² 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.² 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.

③ a part of human personality, spirit

ⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X⁷ 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.

ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).

ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.

④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).

ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).

ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.

ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.

⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.

ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.

ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.

ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).

α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).

β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.

ⓓ abs.

α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).

β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.

ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.

ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.

ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.

α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.

β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.

γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).

δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.

⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).

ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.

ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).

ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.

ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.

ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.

ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.

⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.

⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen² 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines⁶ 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes² 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα
9 λόγος

λόγος, ου, ὁ (verbal noun of λέγω in the sense ‘pick’; Hom.+).

① a communication whereby the mind finds expression, word

ⓐ of utterance, chiefly oral.

α. as expression, word (oratorical ability plus exceptional performance were distinguishing marks in Hellenic society, hence the frequent association of λ. and ἔργον ‘deed’; a sim. formulation as early as Il. 9, 443 μύθων τε ῥητῆρʼ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργω; Just., A II, 4, 2 ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ and D. 35, 7 λόγον ἢ πρᾶξιν) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ, i.e. an exceptional personage Lk 24:19; pl. of Moses Ac 7:22 (the contrast expressed w. a verb Choix 20, 6–8 ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ὄτι δύναται καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ of Apollordorus, a benefactor in Cyzicus, a flourishing city in Phrygia; sim. New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 8f πολιτευόμενος … λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ; cp. IKourion 32, 8; without contrast Diod S 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς; for sim. constructions using λέγω and πράσσω s. Danker, Benefactor 339–43). Cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; Hb 13:21 v.l.; 1J 3:18 (cp. Theognis 1, 87f Diehl³ μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ … ἀληθείᾳ cp. Diod S 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word Judaicon 172, 9. W. γνῶσις: ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5 (cp. Ar. 13, 7 of mythical accounts οὐδέν εἰσιν εἰ μὴ μόνον λόγοι ‘they’re nothing but words’). W. ἐπιστολή: 2 Th 2:2, 15. W. ἀναστροφή: 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. Opp. ‘be silent’: IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cp. Lk 7:7 (Ath. 17, 1 ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν; 29, 2; Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν; cp. schol. on Pla. 341a ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cp. 15:23 (cp. TestAbr A 16 p. 98, 11 [Stone p. 44] οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον).— The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16 (a rare use of λ. as ‘single utterance’, s. L-S-J-M s.v. VII).—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’; s. Conzelmann ad loc.).

β. The expression may take on a variety of formulations or topical nuances: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cp. TestJob 36:5; GrBar 5:1; ApcSed 13:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 99) Mt 21:24; cp. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. W. κήρυγμα our manner of presentation and our proclamation 1 Cor 2:4a (but s. comm.). (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32. Command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7; via a letter 2 Th 3:14. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod S 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod S 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian, Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod S 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Tat. 27, 2 τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέα λόγου) Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127) 7:17; J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cp. Pla., Epinomis 987b ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phdr. 17, 240c, Symp. 18, 195b, Gorg. 54, 499c, Leg. 6, 5, 757a; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 7 ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ὁ λ. foll. by a proverb). Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 20:7; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. In Ac18:15 ζητήματα περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου the sense appears to be someth. like this: controversial issues involving disputes about words and your way of life with λ. prob. referring to the presentation of controversial subjects, which in turn arouses heated ζητήματα debates. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 1 Cor 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως vs. 8b. Cp. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. λ. μαρτυρίας word of witness Rv 12:11. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9; the opp. 2 Ti 2:17. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod S 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cp. 20:2. λ. κολακείας flattering speech 1 Th 2:5. Speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2.—Of God’s word, command, commission (LXX; ParJer 5:19 κατηχῆσαι αὐτοὺς τὸν λόγον; SyrBar 13:2; ApcSed 14:10; Just., D. 84, 2; Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 (v.l. νόμον, ἐντολήν); cp. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9 (but these two vss., and Gal 5:14 below, prob. fit better under 2a), 28 (Is 10:22f). Cp. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 4b); 7:28; 12:19. For B 15:1 see 1aδ. The whole law (as the expr. εἴ τι ἑτέρα ἐντολή indicates not limited to a narrow list of commandments), acc. to Ro 13:9. In what is prob. a play on words (s. 2a and b), Gal 5:14 (s. 2a below) is summed up in the λόγος as expressed in Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so SibOr 3, 20; PtK 2; πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεός Theoph. Ant. 2, 18 [144, 8]), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. The divine word as judge of thoughts Hb 4:12. τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 17:17; cp. 19:9.—Of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers (Just., A I, 61, 9 λόγον … παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμάθομεν τοῦτον) θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cp. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5. The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24; 19:20; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 7c; for prob. commercial metaph. s. 2a below); 13:44 v.l. (for κυρίου); 16:32 v.l.; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; 20:4; IPhld 11:1. Cp. 1 Th 2:13ab; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to humanity through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cp. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3, 20b; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cp. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24 v.l.; 13:44, 48f; 14:25 v.l.; 15:35, 36; 16:32 (cp. λ. θεοῦ); 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1. Pl. Mk 8:38 (Lk 9:26); 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Lk 24:44; s. also 1aδ.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, for no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20–23; Mk 2:2; 4:14–20, 33; 8:32 (s. 1aε below); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36 (on the syntax s. FNeirynck, ETL 60, ’84, 118–23); 11:19; 14:25 (cp. λ. κυρίου above); 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Phil 1:14; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21ff; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7; AcPl Ha 7, 6 (so also Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 2, 3).—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the reign/rule (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 3a) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας (Theoph. Ant. 3, 4 [p. 212, 2]; cp. περὶ ἀληθείας Hippol., Ref. 10, 6, 1) Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18; AcPl Ha 8, 8 (Just., D. 121, 2). τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cp. Marcellinus, Vi. Thu. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv 3:10 the gospel is described by the ‘One who has the key of David’ as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c). λ. τῶν ὑ[πο]μονῶν AcPl Ha 6, 11. παρελάβετε τὸν λ. ὅτι AcPl Ha 8, 25.—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν, and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cp. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13 (on medicinal use of words for the mind or soul s. VLeinieks, The City of Dionysos ’96, 115–22, on Eur.).—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6. On λόγοι κυριακοί for λόγια κυριακά in the title of the Papias document s. ἐξήγησις 2.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, diss. Bonn 1910; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).

γ. of an individual declaration or remark: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12; cp. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 29 [Stone p. 38] τὸν λ. τοῦτον; ApcMos 25 εἰς τὸν λόγον σου κρινῶ σε). Cp. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; 22:61 v.l. (for ῥήματος); J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36, 40 v.l.; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 20:38; 22:22; 1 Th 4:15. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever utters a (defamatory) word against the Son of Humanity Mt 12:32 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81); cp. Lk 12:10. λόγος σαπρός unwholesome talk Eph 4:29. λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cp. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86).

δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used, on the one hand, of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches or instruction given here and there by humans or transcendent beings (TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 19 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 4, 264; Just., D. 100, 3) ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37ab; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. On the word-deed pair cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes; s. α above). οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cp. 91f; Did., Gen. 36, 10) B 15:1. Ac 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19ab; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; AcPl Ox 6, 13 (cp. Aa 1, 241, 14); Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10.—Also of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 11, 5; 81, 3 al.), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod S 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37 [54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι; PsSol 17:43 [words of the Messiah]; AscIs 3:12 οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Βελχειρά) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cp. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47; 9:28, 44. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17; J 7:40 (s. γ); 10:19; J 14:24a; 19:13; Ac 2:22; 5:5, 24; 16:36; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. λόγοις φθοριμαίοις AcPlCor 1:2.

ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cp. Hebr. דָּבָר) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10; cp. Mt. 21:24 (s. 1aβ beg.). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cp. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (2d is also prob.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1aβ above).

ⓑ of literary or oratorical productions: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127d ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ …) treatise Ac 1:1 (s. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWT 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her 46, 1911, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176–82; Goodsp., Probs. 119–21). Παπίας … πέντε λόγους κυριακῶν λογίων ἔγραψεν Papias (11:1; cp. 3:1 e; 11:2; 12:2).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαί̈ου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); AcPl Ha 8, 27/BMM recto 35 (Just., D. 77, 2 al.). ὁ ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαί̈ου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle 335a πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις; TestJob 1:1 βίβλος λόγων Ἰώβ; ParJer 9:32 v.l. τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἱερεμίου; ApcEsdr 1:1 καὶ ἀποκάλυψις τοῦ … Ἐσδράμ; ApcSed prol.; Just., D. 72, 3f).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f.

② computation, reckoning

ⓐ a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions, and freq. with fig. extension of commercial terminology account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod S 3, 46, 4; SIG 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120; Just., D. 115, 6) give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Just., D. 116, 1 al.; Diod S 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod S 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Chariton 7, 6, 2; SIG 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209) τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινὸς of someth. (SIG 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307) Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.; on the subject of undergoing an audit cp. Aeschin. 3, 22). Likew. περί τινος (Diod S 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cp. Pla., Pol. 285e; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 30; Apc4Esdr Fgm. b ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔργου τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτηθήσεται; Just., A I, 17, 4. For another perspective s. d below.).—Of banking responsibility ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (PStras 72, 10 [III A.D.] ὁ τῶν θεῶν λ.; PHerm 108 [III A.D.] λ. τοῦ Σαραπείου) in wordplay Ac 6:2 (w. τράπεζα q.v. 1c); s. also 1aβ.—Of a ledger heading (POxy 1333 [II/III A.D.] δὸς αὐτῳ λόγῳ θεωρικῶν=credit him under ‘festivals’; for others s. Preisig., Wörterbuch s.v. λ. 14; s. also Fachwörter 119) Ro 9:6 (the point is that God’s ‘list’ of Israelites is accurate; on ἐκπίπτω in the sense ‘is not deficient’ s. s.v. 4); vs. 9 (the ‘count’ is subsumed by metonymy in divine promise); Gal 5:14 (all moral obligations come under one ‘entry’: ‘you shall love your neighbor as yourself’; for commercial association of ἀναλίσκω vs. 15, which rounds out the wordplay, s. s.v.). The contexts of these three passages suggest strong probability for commercial associations; for another view s. 1aβ.

ⓑ settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cp. Plut., Mor. 11b λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν; a parallel formulation POxy 1134,10 [421 A.D.] λ. λήμματος καὶ ἐξοδιασμοῦ=ledger of income and expenditures); for the linked accounting terms δόσις and λήμψις s. PCairMasp 151, 208 [VI A.D.]. The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay109, 6 [I A.D.]; POxy 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19.

ⓒ reflection, respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ath. 31, 1; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1.

ⓓ reason for or cause of someth., reason, ground, motive (Just., D. 94, 3 δότε μοι λόγον, ὅτου χάριν … ; Ath. 30, 3 τὶς γὰρ … λόγος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγω; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cp. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Pt 3:15 (but s. a above); κατὰ λόγον Ac 18:14 (s. κατά B 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (though 1aε is also poss.).

ⓔ πρὸς ὸ̔ν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (Dio Chrys. 31, 123; other exx. in FBleek, Hb II/1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2.

ⓕ In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may= make a case for wisdom (cp. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς Plut., Mor. 870b).

③ the independent personified expression of God, the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): GJs 11:2 (word of the angel to Mary) συνλήμψῃ ἐκ Λόγου αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ πάντων Δεσπότου). J 1:1abc, 14 (cp. Just., A I, 23, 2; Mel., P. 9, 61 and oft. by all apolog., exc.. Ar.). It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus (s. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263–81.—Λόγος w. ζωή in gnostic speculation: Iren.1, 1, 1 [Harv. 1, 10, 4]; Aelian, VH 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II A.D.]: Vorsokr. 80 A 1 ln. 22 [in Diog. L. 9, 50] of Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cp. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence (i.e., without an oral pronouncement: in a transcendent manner) IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PtK 1. Cp. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 81–93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG³ I, ’54 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA 1905, 930–35; AvHarnack, SBBerlAk 1915, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT⁴ ’33, 309–11; AGreiff, TQ 114, ’33, 465–80; CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46; WThiele, ZNW 50, ’59, 61–73) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 v.l. (s. N. app.; Borger, TRu 52, ’87, 57f). (Such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Il. 2, 557.—τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 19].)—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 2⁴ 1903, 417–34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe (Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1–75); AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1907, 83–111; (² ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne 1907; ESchwartz, NGG 1908, 537–56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, 1913, 365–419; 557–602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel 1917, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: BJRL 7, 1, 1922 p. 56–72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, 1923, 161–84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321–71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII 1926, 1035–81; TGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231–38.—NWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada 1901, 29–90; Billerb. II 302–33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen 1901, 47–132, Mysterienrel.³ 1927, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos² 1921, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos1914, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel Festschr., 1923, II 1–26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; AAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, 1925, 394–99; 467–72; (Rtzst. and) HSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, 306–37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105–23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438–47; GKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120–29. TW IV 76–89; 126–40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126–31); CStange, ZST 21, ’50, 120–41; MBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91–94; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen Festschr., ’64, 109–34; HWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216–82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, TZ 31, ’75, 321–36; HLausberg, NAWG, Ph. ’87, 1 pp. 1–7.—B. 1262. DELG s.v. λέγω B 1. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λόγος
10 един

1. (бройно число) one

един на хиляда one in a thousand

една трета one third

един единствен a single, only one

един път once

един единствен път just once

един-два, един-двама one or two

един от нас/тях и т. н. one of us/them etc.

един по един one at a time, one by one, one after another

нито един not one, not one/a single

един номер по-голям/по-малък the next larger/smaller size

2. (същ.отделен човек, нещо) one, one thing

мн.ч. some

един за всички, всички за един one for all and all for one

всички като един (човек) like one man

те извикаха като един they cried out in one voice/as one man

дойде един и почна да ми разправя a man came to me and began telling me

нито един nobody, no one

един иска да ходи на кино, друг не иска some want to go to the cinema, some don't

едно и също нещо the same thing

едно знам one thing I do know

той едно си знае he's always harping on the same string

едно говоря, друго върша play fast and loose

едно от двете one or the other

3. (неопределително мест.) a, an, a certain

мн.ч. some

имало едно време един дядо и една баба once upon a time there was an old man and an old woman

един писател казал a certain writer has said

трябваш ми по една работа I need you about something

4. (прил. еднакъв, същ) the same

един и същ one and the same

ние сме от един град we come from the same town

ние сме на едни години we are of the same age

те са на едно мнение they are of the same opinion

5. (прил. единствен, сам) only, alone

един господ знае God only knows

едно (на първо място) firstly, first

едно, че..., и друго for one thing... for another

едно време once upon a time

един вид (тъй да се каже) so to say

все ми е едно it's all the same to me, I don't mind

все едно it's all the same, it's all one

един през друг helter-skelter, pell mell

и ти си един you're a pretty sort of fellow, you're a fine fellow/one

то пък един артист he is not much of an artist

нашата е една things are pretty bad with us, our's is a sorry plight indeed

настанали са едни времена times have never been so bad, we've come upon evil days

изкарах един сън I had a nap

едно след друго in a row

бързо едно след друго in quick/rapid succession, thick and fast

десет пъти едно след друго ten times over

едно-друго за ядене/носене н т. н. something to eat/to carry etc., a few things

едно на друго all together, taking one thing with another

един друг each other, one another

от едното влиза, от другото излиза in at one ear and out at the other, it glances off him like water off a duck's back

* * *

едѝн,

числ., една̀, едно̀, еднѝ 1. бройно числ. one; \един-два, \един-двама one or two; \един-единствен a single, only one; \един-единствен път just once; \един на хиляда one in a thousand; \един номер по-голям/по-малък the next larger/smaller size; \един по \един one at a time, one by one, one after another; \един път once;

2. като същ. ( отделен човек, нещо) one, one thing; мн. some; дойде \един и почна да ми разправя a man came to me and began telling me; \един иска да ходи на кино, друг не иска some want to go to the cinema, some don’t; едно говоря, друго върша play fast and loose; нито \един nobody, no one; те извикаха като \един they cried out in one voice/as one man; той едно си знае he’s always harping on the same string;

3. неопр. мест. a, an, a certain; мн. some;

4. прил. ( еднакъв, същ) the same; ние сме на едни години we are of the same age;

5. прил. ( единствен, сам) only, alone; \един Господ знае God only knows; • бързо едно след друго in quick/rapid succession, thick and fast; все ми е едно it’s all the same to me, I don’t mind; десет пъти едно след друго ten times over; \един вид ( тъй да се каже) so to say; \един друг each other, one another; \един през друг helter-skelter, pell mell; едно (на първо място) firstly, first; едно време once upon a time; едно на друго all together, taking one thing with another; едно, че …, и друго for one thing … for another; и ти си \един you’re a pretty sort of fellow, you’re a fine fellow/one; настанали са едни времена times have never been so bad, we’ve come upon evil days; нашата е една things are pretty bad with us; от едното влиза, от другото излиза in at one ear and out at the other, it glances off him like water off a duck’s back; то пък \един поет he is not much of a poet.

* * *

either (от двама); one: един in a thousand - един на хиляда; the same

* * *
1. (бройно число) one 2. (неопределително мест.) a, an, a certain 3. (прил.: единствен, сам) only, alone 4. (прил.: еднакъв, същ) the same 5. (същ.отделен човек, нещо) one, one thing 6. ЕДИН -два, ЕДИН -двама one or two 7. ЕДИН вид (тъй да се каже) so to say 8. ЕДИН господ знае God only knows 9. ЕДИН друг each other, one another 10. ЕДИН единствен а single, only one 11. ЕДИН единствен път just once 12. ЕДИН за всички, всички за ЕДИН one for all and all for one 13. ЕДИН и същ one and the same 14. ЕДИН иска да ходи на кино, друг не иска some want to go to the cinema, some don't 15. ЕДИН номер по-голям/по-малък the next larger/smaller size 16. ЕДИН от нас/тях и т. н. one of us/them etc. 17. ЕДИН писател казал a certain writer has said 18. ЕДИН по ЕДИН one at a time, one by one, one after another 19. ЕДИН през друг helter-skelter, pell mell 20. ЕДИН път once 21. бързо едно след друго in quick/ rapid succession, thick and fast 22. все едно it's all the same, it's all one 23. все ми е едно it's all the same to me, I don't mind 24. всички като ЕДИН (човек) like one man 25. десет пъти едно след друго ten times over 26. дойде ЕДИН и почна да ми разправя а man came to me and began telling me 27. един на хиляда one in a thousand 28. една трета one third 29. едно (на първо място) firstly, first 30. едно време once upon a time 31. едно говоря, друго върша play fast and loose 32. едно знам one thing I do know 33. едно и също нещо the same thing 34. едно на друго all together, taking one thing with another 35. едно от двете one or the other 36. едно след друго in a row 37. едно, че..., и друго for one thing... for another 38. едно-друго за ядене/носене н т. н. something to eat/to carry etc., a few things 39. и ти си ЕДИН you're a pretty sort of fellow, you're a fine fellow/one 40. изкарах ЕДИН сън I had a nap 41. имало едно време ЕДИН дядо и една баба once upon a time there was an old man and an old woman 42. мн.ч. some 43. настанали са едни времена times have never been so bad, we've come upon evil days 44. нашата е една things are pretty bad with us, our's is a sorry plight indeed 45. ние сме на едни години we are of the same age 46. ние сме от ЕДИН град we come from the same town 47. нито ЕДИН nobody, no one 48. нито ЕДИН not one, not one/a single 49. от едното влиза, от другото излиза in at one ear and out at the other, it glances off him like water off a duck's back 50. те извикаха като ЕДИН they cried out in one voice/as one man 51. те са на едно мнение they are of the same opinion 52. то пък ЕДИН артист he is not much of an artist 53. той едно си знае he's always harping on the same string 54. трябваш ми по една работа I need you about something

Български-английски речник > един
11 εἰμί

εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans³-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.² 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.

① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).

② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.

ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.

ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.

ⓒ in explanations:

α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.

β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.

③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be

ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.

ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.

ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.

ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).

④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.

⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.

⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.

⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).

⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.

⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.

⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.

⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.² 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).

ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.

ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).

α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).

β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.

γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).

ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).

ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.

ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.

ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί
12 ἀπό

ἀπό (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. (see the lit. on ἀνά, beg., also for ἀπό: KDieterich, IndogF 24, 1909, 93–158; LfgrE s.v.). Basic sense ‘separation from’ someone or someth., fr. which the other uses have developed. In the NT it has encroached on the domain of Att. ἐκ, ὑπό, παρά, and the gen. of separation; s. Mlt. 102; 246; Mlt-Turner 258f.

① a marker to indicate separation from a place, whether person or thing, from, away from

ⓐ w. all verbs denoting motion, esp. those compounded w. ἀπό: ἀπάγεσθαι, ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, ἀπελαύνειν, ἀπέρχεσθαι, ἀπολύεσθαι, ἀποπλανᾶσθαι, ἀποστέλλειν, ἀποφεύγειν, ἀποχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρίζεσθαι; but also w. ἀνίστασθαι, διαστῆναι, διέρχεσθαι, ἐκδημεῖν, ἐκκινεῖν, ἐκπλεῖν, ἐκπορεύεσθαι, ἐξέρχεσθαι, ἐξωθεῖν, ἐπιδιδόναι, μεταβαίνειν, μετατίθεσθαι, νοσφίζειν, παραγίνεσθαι, πλανᾶσθαι, πορεύεσθαι, ὑπάγειν, ὑποστρέφειν, φεύγειν; s. the entries in question.

ⓑ w. all verbs expressing the idea of separation ἐκβάλλειν τὸ κάρφος ἀ. τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ remove the splinter fr. the eye Mt 7:4 v.l. (for ἐκ). ἐξέβαλον ἀπὸ τῆς πήρας αὐτῶν δῶρα they set forth gifts out of their travel bags GJs 21:3. ἀπολύεσθαι ἀ. ἀνδρός be divorced fr. her husband Lk 16:18, cp. Ac 15:33. ἀποκυλίειν, ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι, ἀποστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι, ἐπανάγειν, αἴρειν, ἀφαιρεῖν, ἀπολέσθαι, μερίζειν et al., s. the pertinent entries. So also κενὸς ἀ. τινος Hs 9, 19, 2. ἔρημος ἀ. τινος (Jer 51:2) 2 Cl 2:3. W. verbs which express the concept of separation in the wider sense, like loose, free, acquit et al. ἀπορφανίζειν, ἀποσπᾶν, διεγείρεσθαι, δικαιοῦν, ἐκδικοῦν, ἐλευθεροῦν, λούειν, λύειν, λυτροῦν, ῥαντίζειν, σαλεύειν, στέλλειν, σῴζειν, φθείρειν, s. the entries; hence also ἀθῷος (Sus 46 Theod. v.l.) Mt 27:24. καθαρὸς ἀ. τινος (Tob 3:14; but s. Dssm. NB 24 [BS 196; 216]) Ac 20:26; cp. Kuhring 54.

ⓒ verbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear; so αἰσχύνεσθαι, βλέπειν, μετανοεῖν, προσέχειν, φοβεῖσθαι, φυλάσσειν, φυλάσσεσθαι; s. 5 below.

ⓓ w. verbs of concealing, hiding, hindering, the pers. from whom someth. is concealed is found w. ἀπό; so κρύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, παρακαλύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, κωλύειν τι ἀπό τινος; s. the entries.

ⓔ in pregnant constr. like ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ἀ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ be separated fr. Christ by a curse Ro 9:3. μετανοεῖν ἀ. τ. κακίας (Jer 8:6) Ac 8:22. ἀποθνῄσκειν ἀ. τινος through death become free from Col 2:20. φθείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. ἁπλότητος be ruinously diverted from wholehearted commitment 2 Cor 11:3. Cp. Hs 6, 2, 4.

ⓕ as a substitute for the partitive gen. (Hdt. 6, 27, 2; Thu. 7, 87, 6; PPetr III, 11, 20; PIand 8, 6; Kuhring 20; Rossberg 22; Johannessohn, Präp. 17) τίνα ἀ. τῶν δύο; Mt 27:21, cp. Lk 9:38; 19:39 (like PTebt 299, 13; 1 Macc 1:13; 3:24; Sir 6:6; 46:8). τὰ ἀ. τοῦ πλοίου pieces of the ship Ac 27:44. ἐκχεῶ ἀ. τοῦ πνεύματός μου Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f). λαμβάνειν ἀ. τ. καρπῶν get a share of the vintage Mk 12:2 (cp. Just., A I, 65, 5 μεταλαβεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ … ἄρτου).—Of foods (as in Da 1:13, 4:33a; 2 Macc 7:1) ἐσθίειν ἀ. τ. ψιχίων eat some of the crumbs Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28. χορτάζεσθαι ἀ. τινος eat one’s fill of someth. Lk 16:21. αἴρειν ἀ. τῶν ἰχθύων pick up the remnants of the fish Mk 6:43. ἐνέγκατε ἀ. τ. ὀψαρίων bring some of the fish J 21:10 (the only instance of this usage in J; s. M-EBoismard, Le chapitre 21 de Saint Jean: RB 54 [’47] 492).—Of drink (cp. Sir 26:12) πίνειν ἀπὸ τ. γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου drink the product of the vine Lk 22:18.

② to indicate the point from which someth. begins, whether lit. or fig.

ⓐ of place from, out from (Just., D. 86, 1 ἀπὸ τῆς πέτρας ὕδωρ ἀναβλύσαν ‘gushing out of the rock’) σημεῖον ἀ. τ. οὐρανοῦ a sign fr. heaven Mk 8:11. ἀ. πόλεως εἰς πόλιν from one city to another Mt 23:34. ἀπʼ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν (Dt 30:4; Ps 18:7) from one end of heaven to the other 24:31, cp. Mk 13:27. ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω from top to bottom Mt 27:51. ἀρξάμενοι ἀ. Ἰερουσαλήμ beginning in Jerusalem Lk 24:47 (s. also Lk 23:5; Ac 1:22; 10:37). ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τ. κυρίου the word of the Lord has gone out from you and sounded forth 1 Th 1:8. ἀπὸ βορρᾶ, ἀπὸ νότου in the north, in the south (PCairGoodsp 6, 5 [129 B.C.] ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ νότου πεδίῳ; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 11A col. 1, 12f [123 B.C.] τὸ ἀπὸ νότου τῆς πόλεως χῶμα; ln. 7 ἀπὸ βορρᾶ τῆς πόλεως; 70, 16 al.; Josh 18:5; 19:34; 1 Km 14:5) Rv 21:13.

ⓑ of time from … (on), since (POxy 523, 4; Mel., HE 4, 26, 8; s. Kuhring 54ff).

α. ἀ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου from the days of John Mt 11:12. ἀ. τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 9:22. ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τ. ἡμέρας (Jos., Bell. 4, 318, Ant. 7, 382) Mt 22:46; J 11:53. ἔτη ἑπτὰ ἀ. τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς for seven years fr. the time she was a virgin Lk 2:36. ἀ. ἐτῶν δώδεκα for 12 years 8:43. ἀ. τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός Ac 23:23. ἀ. κτίσεως κόσμου Ro 1:20. ἀ. πέρυσι since last year, a year ago 2 Cor 8:10; 9:2.—ἀπʼ αἰῶνος, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἀπʼ ἄρτι (also ἀπαρτί and ἄρτι), ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τότε, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν; s. the pertinent entries.

β. w. the limits defined, forward and backward: ἀπὸ … ἕως (Jos., Ant. 6, 364) Mt 27:45. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι Ac 10:30; Ro 5:14; 15:19.

γ. ἀφʼ ἧς (sc. ὥρας or ἡμέρας, which is found Col 1:6, 9; but ἀφʼ ἧς became a fixed formula: ParJer 7:28; Plut., Pelop. [285] 15, 5; s. B-D-F §241, 2) since Lk 7:45 (Renehan ’75, 36f); Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 6, 6; 1 Macc 1:11). ἀφʼ οὗ (sc.—as in X., Cyr. 1, 2, 13—χρόνου; Att. ins in Meisterhans.³-Schw. and s. Witkowski, index 163; ἀφʼ οὗ is also a formula) since, when once (X., Symp. 4, 62; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 16 Jac.; Lucian, Dial. Mar. 15, 1; Ex 5:23 GrBar 3:6) Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18 (cp. Da 12:1; 1 Macc 9:29; 16:24; 2 Macc 1:7; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 23; GrBar; Jos., Ant. 4, 78). τρία ἔτη ἀφʼ οὗ (cp. Tob 5:35 S) Lk 13:7. ἀφότε s. ὅτε 1aγ end.

ⓒ the beg. of a series from … (on).

α. ἀρξάμενος ἀ. Μωϋσέως καὶ ἀ. πάντων τ. προφητῶν beginning w. Moses and all the prophets Lk 24:27. ἕβδομος ἀ. Ἀδάμ Jd 14 (Diod S 1, 50, 3 ὄγδοος ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός [ancestor]; Appian, Mithrid. 9 §29 τὸν ἕκτον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου Μιθριδάτην; Arrian, Anab. 7, 12, 4; Diog. L. 3, 1: Plato in the line of descent was ἕκτος ἀπὸ Σόλωνος; Biogr. p. 31: Homer δέκατος ἀπὸ Μουσαίου). ἀ. διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω Mt 2:16 (cp. Num 1:20; 2 Esdr 3:8).

β. w. both beg. and end given ἀπὸ … ἕως (Sir 18:26; 1 Macc 9:13) Mt 1:17; 23:35; Ac 8:10. Sim., ἀ. δόξης εἰς δόξαν fr. glory to glory 2 Cor 3:18.

③ to indicate origin or source, from

ⓐ lit., with verbs of motion

α. down from πίπτειν ἀ. τραπέζης Mt 15:27. καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀ. θρόνων God has dethroned rulers Lk 1:52.

β. from ἔρχεσθαι ἀ. θεοῦ J 3:2; cp. 13:3; 16:30. παραγίνεται ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 3:13; ἀ. ἀνατολῶν ἥξουσιν 8:11 (Is 49:12; 59:19); ἀ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο 24:1; ἀ. Παμφυλίας Ac 15:38. ἐγείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. νεκρῶν be raised from the dead Mt 14:2.

ⓑ lit., to indicate someone’s local origin from (Hom. et al.; Soph., El. 701; Hdt. 8, 114; ins [RevArch 4 sér. IV 1904 p. 9 ἀπὸ Θεσσαλονίκης]; pap [HBraunert, Binnenwanderung ’64, 384, s.v.; PFlor 14, 2; 15, 5; 17, 4; 22, 13 al.]; Judg 12:8; 13:2; 17:1 [all three acc. to B]; 2 Km 23:20 al.; Jos., Bell. 3, 422, Vi. 217; Just., A I, 1 τῶν ἀπὸ Φλαουί̈ας Νέας πόλεως; s. B-D-F §209, 3; Rob. 578) ἦν ἀ. Βηθσαϊδά he was from B. J 1:44; cp. 12:21. ὄχλοι ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας crowds fr. Galilee Mt 4:25. ἄνδρες ἀ. παντὸς ἔθνους Ac 2:5. ἀνὴρ ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου a man fr. the crowd Lk 9:38. ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἀ. Ναζαρέθ Mt 21:11. οἱ ἀ. Κιλικίας the Cilicians Ac 6:9. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἀ. Ἰόππης 10:23 (Musaeus 153 παρθένος ἀπʼ Ἀρκαδίας; Just., A I, 58, 1 Μακρίωνα … τὸν ἀπὸ Πόντου). οἱ ἀ. Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι 17:13. οἱ ἀ. τῆς Ἰταλίας the Italians Hb 13:24, who could be inside as well as outside Italy (cp. Dssm., Her. 33, 1898, 344, LO 167, 1 [LAE 200, 3]; Mlt. 237; B-D-F §437).—Rather denoting close association οἱ ἀ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας members of the church Ac 12:1; likew. 15:5 (cp. Plut., Cato Min. 4, 2 οἱ ἀπὸ τ. στοᾶς φιλόσοφοι; Ps.-Demetr. c. 68 οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ=his [Isocrates’] pupils; Synes., Ep. 4 p. 162b; 66 p. 206c; PTebt 33, 3 [112 B.C.], Ῥωμαῖος τῶν ἀπὸ συγκλήτου; Ar. 15, 1 Χριστιανοὶ γενεαλογοῦνται ἀπὸ … Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ; Ath.).—To indicate origin in the sense of material fr. which someth. is made (Hdt. 7, 65; Theocr. 15, 117; IPriene 117, 72 ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ; 1 Esdr 8:56; Sir 43:20 v.l.) ἔνδυμα ἀ. τριχῶν καμήλου clothing made of camel’s hair Mt 3:4.

ⓒ fig., w. verbs of asking, desiring, to denote the pers. of or from whom a thing is asked (Ar. 11, 3): δανίσασθαι ἀπό τινος borrow fr. someone Mt 5:42. ἐκζητεῖν ἀ. τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης Lk 11:51. ἀπαιτεῖν τι ἀπό τινος Lk 12:20. ζητεῖν τι ἀπό τινος 1 Th 2:6. λαμβάνειν τι ἀπό τινος Mt 17:25f; 3J 7.

ⓓ fig., w. verbs of perceiving, to indicate source of the perception (Lysias, Andoc. 6; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 399b ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων θεωρεῖται ὁ θεός; Appian, Liby. 104 §493 ἀπὸ τῆς σφραγῖδος=[recognize a corpse] by the seal-ring; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 1 στοχάζεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων; Just., D. 60, 1 τοῦτο νοοῦμεν ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τῶν προλελεγμένων; 100, 2 ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν): ἀ. τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς by their fruits you will know them Mt 7:16, 20. μανθάνειν παραβολὴν ἀ. τῆς συκῆς learn a lesson from the fig tree 24:32; Mk 13:28. ἀπὸ τῶν σπερμάτων μὴ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν if we are not to derive our parable solely from reference to seeds (cp. 1 Cor 15:37) AcPlCor 2:28.—Also μανθάνειν τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. fr. someone Gal 3:2; Col 1:7.

ⓔ γράψαι ἀφʼ ὧν ἠδυνήθην, lit., write from what I was able, i.e. as well as I could B 21:9 (cp. Tat. 12, 5 οὐκ ἀπὸ γλώττης οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰκότων οὐδὲ ἀπʼ ἐννοιῶν etc.).

④ to indicate distance fr. a point, away from, for μακρὰν ἀ. τινος far fr. someone, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν fr. a great distance s. μακράν, μακρόθεν. ἀπέχειν ἀπό τινος s. ἀπέχω 4. W. detailed measurements (corresp. to Lat. ‘a’, s. B-D-F §161, 1; Rob. 575; WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15ff; Hdb. on J 11:18; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 12 §42; CB I/2, 390 no. 248) ἦν Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκατέντε Bethany was near Jerusalem, about 15 stades (less than 3 km.) away J 11:18. ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων about 200 cubits (c. 90 meters) 21:8. ἀπὸ σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων about 1600 stades (c. 320 km.) Rv 14:20; cp. Hv 4, 1, 5 (for other examples of this usage, s. Rydbeck 68).—Hebraistically ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός (Gen 16:6; Jer 4:26; Jdth 2:14; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34; En 103:4; Just., A I, 37, 1 ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς ἐλέχθησαν διὰ Ἠσαίου … οἵδε οἱ λόγοι ‘in the name of the father … through Isaiah’; 38, 1 al.)=מִפְּנֵי פ׳ ( away) from the presence of someone 2 Th 1:9 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); Rv 12:14 (B-D-F §140; 217, 1; Mlt-H. 466).

⑤ to indicate cause, means, or outcome

ⓐ gener., to show the reason for someth. because of, as a result of, for (numerous ref. in FBleek on Hb 5:7; PFay 111, 4; POxy 3314, 7 [from falling off a horse]; Jdth 2:20; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010]; AscIs 3:13; Jos., Ant. 9, 56) οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου he could not because of the crowd Lk 19:3; cp. Mk 2:4 D. οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτός I could not see because of the brilliance of the light Ac 22:11. ἀ. τοῦ πλήθους τ. ἰχθύων J 21:6 (M-EBoismard, ad loc.: s. 1f end). ἀ. τοῦ ὕδατος for the water Hs 8, 2, 8. ἀ. τῆς θλίψεως because of the persecution Ac 11:19. οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀ. τ. σκανδάλων Mt 18:7 (s. B-D-F §176, 1; Mlt. 246). εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀ. τῆς εὐλαβείας heard because of his piety Hb 5:7 (but the text may be corrupt; at any rate it is obscure and variously interpr.; besides the comm. s. KRomaniuk, Die Gottesfürchtigen im NT: Aegyptus 44, ’64, 84; B-D-F §211; Rob. 580; s. on εὐλάβεια).

ⓑ to indicate means with the help of, with (Hdt. et al.; Ael. Aristid. 37, 23 K.=2 p. 25 D.; PGM 4, 2128f σφράγιζε ἀπὸ ῥύπου=seal with dirt; En 97:8) γεμίσαι τὴν κοιλίαν ἀ. τ. κερατίων fill one’s stomach w. the husks Lk 15:16 v.l. (s. ἐκ 4aζ; cp. Pr 18:20). οἱ πλουτήσαντες ἀπʼ αὐτῆς Rv 18:15 (cp. Sir 11:18).

ⓒ to indicate motive or reason for, from, with (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §52 ἀπʼ εὐνοίας=with goodwill; 1 Macc 6:10; pap exx. in Kuhring 35) κοιμᾶσθαι ἀ. τῆς λύπης sleep from sorrow Lk 22:45. ἀ. τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ Mt 13:44; cp. Lk 24:41; Ac 12:14. ἀ. τοῦ φόβου κράζειν Mt 14:26, ἀ. φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας with fear and expectation Lk 21:26. Hence verbs of fearing, etc., take ἀ. to show the cause of the fear (s. above 1c) μὴ φοβεῖσθαι ἀ. τ. ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα not be afraid of those who kill only the body Mt 10:28; Lk 12:4 (cp. Jdth 5:23; 1 Macc 2:62; 3:22; 8:12; En 106:4).

ⓓ to indicate the originator of the action denoted by the verb from (Trag., Hdt. et al.) ἀ. σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν Mt 12:38. γινώσκειν ἀπό τινος learn fr. someone Mk 15:45. ἀκούειν ἀ. τοῦ στόματός τινος hear fr. someone’s mouth, i.e. fr. him personally Lk 22:71 (Dionys. Hal. 3, 8 ἀ. στόματος ἤκουσεν); cp. Ac 9:13; 1J 1:5. τὴν ἀ. σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν a promise given by you Ac 23:21 (cp. Ath. 2, 3 ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν κατηγόρων αἰτίαις ‘the charges made by the accusers’). ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν Hb 11:12. Prob. παραλαμβάνειν ἀ. τοῦ κυρίου 1 Cor 11:23 is to be understood in the same way: Paul is convinced that he is taught by the Lord himself (for direct teaching s. EBröse, Die Präp. ἀπό 1 Cor 11:23: StKr 71, 1898, 351–60; Dssm.; BWeiss; Ltzm.; H-DWendland. But for indirect communication: Zahn et al.). παραλαβὼν ἀπὸ τῶν θυγατέρων Φιλίππου, ὅτι Papias (11:2); opp. παρειληφέναι ὑπὸ τῶν θ. Φ. (2:9).—Of the more remote cause ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων from human beings (as opposed to transcendent revelation; w. διʼ ἀνθρώπου; cp. Artem. 1, 73 p. 66, 11 ἀπὸ γυναικῶν ἢ διὰ γυναικῶν; 2, 36 p. 135, 26) Gal 1:1. ἀ. κυρίου πνεύματος fr. the Lord, who is the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18. ἔχειν τι ἀπό τινος have (received) someth. fr. someone 1 Cor 6:19; 1 Ti 3:7; 1J 2:20; 4:21.—In salutation formulas εἰρήνη ἀ. θεοῦ πατρός ἡμῶν peace that comes from God, our father Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; cp. 6:23; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1 v.l.; 2 Th 1:2; 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; Phlm 3. σοφία ἀ. θεοῦ wisdom that comes fr. God 1 Cor 1:30. ἔπαινος ἀ. θεοῦ praise fr. God 4:5. καὶ τοῦτο ἀ. θεοῦ and that brought about by God Phil 1:28. The expr. εἰρήνη ἀπὸ ‘ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος’ Rv 1:4 is quite extraordinary. It may be an interpretation of the name Yahweh already current, or an attempt to show reverence for the divine name by preserving it unchanged, or simply one more of the grammatical peculiarities so frequent in Rv (Meyer⁶-Bousset 1906, 159ff; Mlt. 9, note 1; cp. PParis 51, 33 ἀπὸ ἀπηλιότης; Mussies 93f, 328).

ⓔ to indicate responsible agents for someth., from, of

α. the self, st. Gk. usage (Thu. 5, 60, 1; X., Mem. 2, 10, 3; Andoc., Orat. 2, 4 οὗτοι οὐκ ἀφʼ αὑτῶν ταῦτα πράττουσιν; Diod S 17, 56; Num 16:28; 4 Macc 11:3; En 98:4; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38]; 18 p. 101, 6 [Stone p. 50]; Just., A I, 43, 8) the expr. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (pl. ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν) of himself and ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ of myself are common Lk 12:57; 21:30; 2 Cor 3:5, esp. so in J: 5:19, 30; 8:28; 10:18; 15:4.—7:17f; 11:51; 14:10; 16:13; 18:34. So also ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλήλυθα I did not come of myself (opp. the Father sent me) 7:28; 8:42.

β. fr. others. W. verbs in the pass. voice or pass. mng. ὑπό is somet. replaced by ἀπό (in isolated cases in older Gk. e.g. Thu. 1, 17 et al. [Kühner-G. II/1 p. 457f]; freq. in later Gk.: Polyb. 1, 79, 14; Hero I 152, 6; 388, 11; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 130 Jac.; IG XII/5, 29, 1; SIG 820, 9; PLond III, 1173, 12 p. 208; BGU 1185, 26; PFlor 150, 6 ἀ. τῶν μυῶν κατεσθιόμενα; PGM 4, 256; Kuhring 36f; 1 Macc 15:17; Sir 16:4; ParJer 1:1 ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν … ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 62; Just., A I, 68, 6 ἐπιστολὴν … γραφεῖσάν μοι ἀπὸ Σερήνου, D. 121, 3 ἀπὸ παντὸς [γένους] μετάνοιαν πεποιῆσθαι. See B-D-F §210; Rob. 820; GHatzidakis, Einl. in d. neugriech. Gramm. 1892, 211; AJannaris, An Histor. Gk. Grammar 1897, §1507). Yet just at this point the textual tradition varies considerably, and the choice of prep. is prob. at times influenced by the wish to express special nuances of mng. Lk 8:29b v.l. (ὑπό text); 43b (ὑπό v.l.); 10:22 D; ἀποδεδειγμένος ἀ. τ. θεοῦ attested by God Ac 2:22. ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρναβᾶς ἀ. (ὑπό v.l.) τ. ἀποστόλων named B. by the apostles 4:36. κατενεχθεὶς ἀ. τοῦ ὕπνου overcome by sleep 20:9. ἀθετούμενος ἀπὸ τῶν παραχαρασσόντων τὰ λόγια αὐτοῦ inasmuch as (Jesus) is being rejected by those who falsify his words AcPlCor 2:3. νεκροῦ βληθέντος ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast upon them (the bones of Elisha) 2:32. In such cases ἀπό freq. denotes the one who indirectly originates an action, and can be transl. at the hands of, by command of: πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀ. τ. πρεσβυτέρων suffer much at the hands of the elders Mt 16:21; cp. Lk 9:22; 17:25, where the emphasis is to be placed on παθεῖν, not on ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι. In ἀ. θεοῦ πειράζομαι the thought is that the temptation is caused by God, though not actually carried out by God Js 1:13. ἡτοιμασμένος ἀ. τοῦ θεοῦ prepared by God’s command, not by God in person Rv 12:6.

⑥ In a few expr. ἀπό helps to take the place of an adverb. ἀπὸ μέρους, s. μέρος 1c.—ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας day by day GJs 12:3.—ἀπὸ μιᾶς (acc. to Wlh., Einl.² 26, an Aramaism, min ḥădā˒=at once [s. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 113]; but this does not explain the fem. gender, found also in the formulaic ἐπὶ μιᾶς Maxim. Tyr. 6, 3f En 99:9 [s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 3] and in Mod. Gk. μὲ μιᾶς at once [Thumb §162 note 2]. PSI 286, 22 uses ἀπὸ μιᾶς of a payment made ‘at once’; on the phrase s. New Docs 2, 189. Orig. γνώμης might have been a part of the expr. [Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 73], or ὁρμῆς [Thu. 7, 71, 6], or γλώσσης [Cass. Dio 44, 36, 2], or φωνῆς [Herodian 1, 4, 8]; cp. ἀπὸ μιᾶς φωνῆς Plut., Mor. 502d of an echo; s. B-D-F §241, 6) unanimously, alike, in concert Lk 14:18. Sim. ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν fr. (your) hearts, sincerely Mt 18:35.—Himerius, Or. 39 [=Or. 5], 6 has as a formula διὰ μιᾶς, probably = continuously, uninterruptedly, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 2 fuller διὰ μιᾶς τῆς σπουδῆς=with one and the same, or with quite similar zeal.—M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀπό
13 लॄ _lॄ

लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =

लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.

-4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.

-5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.

-6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.

-7 Peerless, matchless.

-8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.

-9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.

-1 True.

-11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.

-कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.

(-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.

-2 unity, a unit; Hch.

-का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].

-Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.

-अक्ष a.

1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.

-2 having one eye.

-3 having an excellent eye.

(-क्षः) 1 a crow.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.

(-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.

-2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.

-3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.

-4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.

-अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (

-कः) One and the same fire.

-अग्र a.

1 fixed on one object or point only.

-2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.

-3 unperplexed.

-4 known, cele- brated.

-5 single-pointed. (

-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.

-अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (

-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.

-अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.

-2 the planet Mercury or Mars.

-3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.

-4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.

(-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.

-2 sandal wood.

-3 the head. (

-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (

-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.

-अञ्जलिः A handful.

-अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.

-अण्डः a kind of horse.

-अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.

-अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).

-अनुदिष्ट a.

1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (

-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.

-अन्त a.

1 solitary, retired.

-2 aside, apart.

-3 directed towards one point or object only.

-4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.

-5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.

-6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.

(-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.

-2 exclusiveness.

-3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.

-4 exclusive aim or boundary. (

-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (

-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.

1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.

-2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.

-3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.

-अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (

-रः) a kind of fever.

-अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.

-अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.

-अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.

-अन्नम् one and the same food.

(-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.

-2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.

-अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.

-अब्दा a heifer one year old.

- अयन a.

1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.

-2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.

(-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.

-2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.

-3 union of thoughts.

-4 monotheism.

-5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.

-6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.

-7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.

-अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.

-अर्थ a.

1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.

-2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.

(-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.

-2 the same meaning.

-3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.

- अवम a. inferior or less by one.

- अवयव a. made up of the same components.

-अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.

-अशीतिः f. eighty-one.

-अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.

-2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).

-अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).

-अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (

-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).

-अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.

-2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.

-आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.

-आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.

-आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.

-आयु a.

1 providing the most excellent food.

-2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.

-आवलिः, -ली f.

1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.

-2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.

-आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.

-उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.

-उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.

-उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.

-उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).

-उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.

-उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.

-ऊन a. less by one, minus one.

-ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (

-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.

-एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.

(-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.

-श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.

-˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.

-ओघः 1 a continuous current.

-2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.

-कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.

-कर a. (

-री f.)

1 doing only one thing.

-2 (-रा) one-handed.

-3 one-rayed.

-कार्य a.

1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.

-2 answering the same end.

-3 having the same occu- pation. (

-र्यम्) sole or same business.

-कालः 1 one time.

-2 the same time, (

-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.

-कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.

-कालीन a.

1 happening once only;

-2 Contemporary, coeval.

-कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.

-कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.

-क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).

-गम्यः the supreme spirit.

-गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (

-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).

-ग्राम a. living in the same village. (

-मः) the same village.

-ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.

-चक्र a.

1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.

-2 governed by one king only. (

-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (

-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.

-चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.

-चर a.

1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.

-2 having one attendant.

-3 living un- assisted.

-4 going together or at the same time.

-5 gregarious.

-6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.

(-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.

-2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.

- चरण a. having only one foot.

-चारिन् a.

1 living alone, solitary.

-2 going alone or with one follower only.

-3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (

-णी) a loyal wife.

-चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.

(-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.

-2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.

-चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.

-चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.

-चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.

-चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (

-नम्) referring to in the singular number.

-च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.

-च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.

-ज a.

1 born alone or single.

-2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.

-3 alone of its kind.

-4 uniform, unchanging.

-जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.

-जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.

-जन्मन् m.

1 a king.

-2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.

-जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.

-जाति a.

1 once born.

-2 belonging to the same family or caste. (

-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.

-जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.

-जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.

-ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.

-ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.

-तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.

(-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.

-2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः

-ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.

-तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).

-लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (

-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.

-तीर्थिन् a.

1 bathing in the same holy water.

-2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.

-तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).

-त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.

-त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.

-दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.

-दण्डिन् m.

1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.

-2 N. of a Vedantic school.

-दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).

-दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.

-दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.

-दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.

1 a crow.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-3 a philosopher.

-दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.

-दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.

-देवः the Supreme god.

-देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.

-देश a. occupying the same place.

(-शः) 1 one spot or place.

-2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.

-देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.

-देह, -देहिन् a.

1 having only one body.

-2 elegantly formed.

(-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.

-2 (du.) Husband and wife.

-धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.

(-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.

-2 honorific offering.

-धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,

-धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.

1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.

-2 professing the same religion.

-धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.

1 fit for but one kind of labour.

-2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).

-धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.

-नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.

-नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.

-नयनः The planet Venus.

-नवतः ninety-first.

-नवतिः f. ninety-one.

-नाथ a. having one master.

(-थः) 1 sole master or lord.

-2 N. of an author.

-नायकः N. of Śiva.

-निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (

-यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.

-निपातः A particle which is a single word.

-निष्ठ a.

1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).

-2 intently fixed on one object.

-नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).

-2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.

-पक्ष a.

1 of the same side or party, an associate.

-2 partial. (

-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.

-पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.

-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.

-पतिक a. having the same husband.

-पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.

-2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.

-3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.

-पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)

-पद्, -पाद् a.

1 one-footed, limping, lame.

-2 incomplete. (

-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (

-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66

-पद a.

1 one-footed.

-2 consisting of or named in one word.

(-दम्) 1 a single step.

-2 single or simple word.

-3 the time required to pronounce a single word.

-4 present time, same time;

(-दः) 1 a man having one foot.

-2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (

-दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (

-दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.

(-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.

-2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.

-3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.

-पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.

-परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.

-पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.

-2 N. of Durgā.

-3 a plant having one leaf only.

-पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.

-पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.

-पाणः a single wager.

-पात a. happening at once, sudden.

-तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).

-पतिन् a.

1 sudden.

-2 standing alone or solitary. (

-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.

-पाद a.

1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.

-2 using only one foot.

(-दः) 1 one or single foot.

-2 one and the same Pāda.

-3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.

-पादिका a kind of posture of birds.

-पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.

-पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.

-पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;

˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.

-पुत्र a. having only one son.

-पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;

-2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.

-पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.

-प्रकार a. of the same kind.

-प्रख्य a. singularly like.

-प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.

-प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).

-प्रस्थः a measure.

-प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.

-प्राणयोगः union in one breath.

-बुद्धि a. having only one thought.

-भक्त a.

1 serving one master only.

-2 worshipping one deity.

-3 eating together. (

-भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.

-भक्ति a.

1 believing in one deity.

-2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.

-भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (

-र्यः) one having one wife only.

-भाव a. of the same or one nature.

-2 sincerely devoted.

-3 honest, sincerely disposed.

(-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.

-2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्

-भूत a.

1 being one, undivided

-2 concentrated, closely attentive.

-भूमः a palace having one floor.

-भोजन, -भुक्त a.

1 eating but one meal.

-2 eating in common.

-मति a.

1 fixed on one object.

-2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.

-मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.

-2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.

-मात्र a. of one syllable.

-मुख a.

1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.

-2 having the same aim.

-3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.

-4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).

(-खम्) 1 gambling.

-2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).

-मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.

-मूला = अतसी q. v.

-यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.

-योनि a.

1 uterine.

-2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.

-रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).

-रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.

-रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.

-रस a.

1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.

-2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.

-3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.

-4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.

(-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.

-2 the only flavour or pleasure. (

-सम्) a drama of one sentiment.

-राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.

-रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (

-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.

-रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.

-राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.

-2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.

-रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.

-रूप a.

1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.

-2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.

(-पम्) 1 one form or kind;

-2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.

-रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.

-लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.

-2 N. of Kubera. (

-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.

-वचनम् the singular number.

-वर्ण a.

1 of one colour.

-2 identical, same.

-3 of one tribe or caste.

-4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).

(-र्णः) 1 one form.

-2 a Brāhmaṇa.

-3 a word of one syllable.

-4 a superior caste. (

-र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.

-वर्णिक a.

1 of one colour.

-2 of one caste.

-वर्षिका a heifer one year old.

-वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (

-स्त्रम्) a single garment.

-वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.

-वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.

-वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.

˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.

-वाचक a. Synonymous.

-वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).

-2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.

-वारम्, -वारे ind.

1 only once.

-2 at once, suddenly.

-3 at one time.

-वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.

-वासा A woman; Nigh.

-विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (

-शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.

-विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.

-कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.

-विंशतिः f. twentyone.

-विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.

-विध a. of one kind; simple.

-विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.

-विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).

-वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.

-रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.

-वृक्षः 1 one tree.

-2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.

-वृत f. heaven.

-वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.

-2 one heap or collection.

-वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.

-वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.

-वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.

-व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.

-व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.

-शत a. 11 st. (

-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.

-शक a. whole-hoofed. (

-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.

-शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).

-शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.

-शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.

-शाख a. having one branch. (

-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.

-शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.

-शाला A single hall or room; (

-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.

-शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.

-शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (

-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.

-शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.

-शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.

(-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.

-2 N. of Viṣṇu.

-3 a class of Pitṛis.

-4 a mountain having one top.

-शेपः a tree having one root.

-शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.

-श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.

-श्रुतिः f.

1 monotony.

-2 the neutral accentless tone. (

-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.

-श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.

-षष्ट a. sixty-first.

-षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.

-संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.

-सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.

-सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.

-सभम् a common place of meeting.

-सर्ग a. closely attentive. (

-र्गः) concentration.

-सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.

-साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.

-सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.

-सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).

-स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.

-स्थ a.

1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.

-2 close-standing, standing side by side.

-3 collected, combined.

-स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.

-2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.

-हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.

-हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (

-नी) a heifer one year old. (

-नम्) the period of one year.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ
14 αὐτός

αὐτός, ή, ὁ (Hom.+; W-S. §22; B-D-F index) reflexive pron. ‘self’

① intensive marker, setting an item off fr. everything else through emphasis and contrast, self, used in all pers., genders, and numbers.

ⓐ used w. a subject (noun or pron.)

α. specif. named (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 6; Plut., Caes. 710 [7, 9] αὐ. Κικέρων; 2 Macc 11:12) αὐ. Δαυίδ David himself Mk 12:36f; Lk 20:42; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς Lk 24:15; J 2:24; 4:44; αὐ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς short ending of Mk.

β. or otherw. exactly designated αὐ. ὁ θεός (Jos., Bell. 7, 346) Rv 21:3; αὐ. τ. ἐπουράνια Hb 9:23 (cp. 4 Macc 17:17; Sir 46:3b; GrBar); αὐ. ἐγώ I myself Ro 15:14 (cp. 3 Macc 3:13; POxy 294, 13f [22 A.D.]); αὐ. ἐγὼ Παῦλος 2 Cor 10:1; αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς J 3:28 (cp. 4 Macc 6:19; En 103:7); αὐτοὶ οὗτοι (Thu. 6, 33, 6) Ac 24:15; ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς among yourselves 1 Cor 11:13.

ⓑ to emphasize a subject already known: of Jesus Mt 8:24; Mk 8:29; Lk 5:16f; 9:51; 10:38; 24:36 (cp. the Pythagorean αὐτὸς ἔφα Schwyzer II 211). Of God Hb 13:5 (cp. Wsd 6:7; 7:17; Sir 15:12; 1 Macc 3:22 and oft. LXX).

ⓒ differentiating fr. other subjects or pointing out a contrast w. them αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 2:25; J 2:12; 4:53; 18:1; Lk 24:15; 1 Cor 3:15. αὐ. οὐκ εἰσήλθατε καὶ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἐκωλύσατε you yourselves did not come in etc. Lk 11:52; cp. vs. 46.—J 7:9; 9:21; Mt 23:4; Lk 6:11; Ac 18:15; 1 Th 1:9; 1 Cor 2:15. αὐτὸς ἐγώ I alone 2 Cor 12:13. Ro 7:25 s. e below.—εἰ μὴ αὐ. except himself Rv 19:12. αὐ. ὄγδοός ἐστιν he is the eighth 17:11; s. also 2a. In anticipation of an incorrect inference Ἰησοῦς αὐ. οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν Jesus did not personally baptize J 4:2 opp. ‘his disciples.’ Of bodily presence, αὐ. παραγενοῦ come in person (as opp. to letter-writing) AcPlCor 1:7; with component of surprise that the subject specified is actually present in person (Philo, De Jos. 238: Jos. to his brothers αὐ. εἰμι ἐγώ) Lk 24:36, 39.

ⓓ of one whose action is independent or significant without ref. to someth. else (Hyperid. 1, 19, 11; 3, 2) without help J 2:25; 4:42; 6:6; Ac 20:34; αὐ. ᾠκοδόμησεν he built at his own expense Lk 7:5; αὐ. ὁ πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς the Father personally loves you J 16:27 (i.e. they require no intermediary).

ⓔ of one viewed as a solitary figure ‘(be) by oneself, alone’ w. μόνος (cp. μόνος 1aβ) Mk 6:47; J 6:15. W. κατʼ ἰδιαν Mk 6:31.—thrown on one’s own resources αὐ. ἐγὼ τῷ νοὶ̈ δουλεύω νόμῳ θεοῦ thrown on my own resources I am enslaved in mind to God’s interests but in my flesh to the interests of sin Ro 7:25 (JWeiss, Beitr. zur Paulin. Rhetorik, in BWeiss Festschr., 1897, 233f; JKürzinger, BZ 7, ’63, 270–74).

ⓕ with climactic force in connection with one or more lexical units καὶ αὐτός even (Sir prol. line 24 καὶ αὐ. ὁ νόμος even the law; 4 Macc 17:1; GrBar 4:13; 9:4 al.) καὶ αὐ. ἡ κτίσις even the created world Ro 8:21. καὶ αὐ. Σάρρα even Sara Hb 11:11 (on the rdg. here s. Windisch ad loc. and B-D-F §194, 1; Rob. 686; Mlt-Turner 220; cp. Ps.-Callisth. 1, 10, 3 καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Φίλιππον=and even Philip; but the text of the Hb passage is prob. corrupt; s. καταβολή). οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐ. διδάσκει; does not even nature teach? 1 Cor 11:14.—Without ascensive particle, Ro 9:3 Paul expresses extraordinary devotion to his people (imagine!) I myself.

ⓖ w. attention directed to a certain pers. or thing to the exclusion of other lexical units, so that αὐ. can almost take on demonstrative sense (s. 2a, also Aeschyl., 7 against Thebes 528; Hes., Works 350): αὐ. τὰ ἔργα the very deeds J 5:36; αὐ. ὁ Ἰωάννης (POxy 745, 3 [I A.D.] αὐ. τὸν Ἀντᾶν) this very (or same) John Mt 3:4 (s. Mlt. 91); αὐτῆς τῆς Ἡρωδίαδος Mk 6:22 v.l. (s. 2bα for the rdg. αὐτοῦ W-H., N. and s. on this RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 25f); ἐν αὐ. τ. καιρῷ (cp. Tob 3:17 BA; 2:9; SIG 1173, 1 αὐταῖς τ. ἡμέραις) just at that time Lk 13:1.—23:12; 24:13.—2:38; 10:21; 12:12.—10:7. αὐτὸ τοῦτο just this, the very same thing (Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 22, 3; PRyl 77, 39; POxy 1119, 11; cp. Phoenix Coloph. 6, 8 Coll. Alex. p. 235) 2 Cor 7:11; Gal 2:10; Phil 1:6; εἰς αὐ. τοῦτο Ro 9:17; 13:6; 2 Cor 5:5; Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. The phrases τοῦτο αὐ. 2 Cor 2:3 and αὐ. τοῦτο 2 Pt 1:5 are adverbial accusatives for this very reason (Pla., Prot. 310e [pl.]; X., An. 1, 9, 21; PGrenf I, 1, 14).

② a ref. to a definite person or thing, he, him, she, her, it, they, them

ⓐ αὐτός refers w. more or less emphasis, esp. in the nom., to a subject, oft. resuming one already mentioned: αὐ. παρακληθήσονται they (not others) shall be comforted Mt 5:4; cp. vs. 5ff. οὐκ αὐ. βλασφημοῦσιν; Js 2:7. αὐ. σώσει Mt 1:21 (cp. Ps 129:8). αὐ. ἀποδώσει 6:4 v.l.—Mk 1:8; 14:15 al. Freq. the emphasis is scarcely felt: Mt 14:2; Lk 4:15; 22:23; J 6:24; Ac 22:19 (cp. Gen 12:12; Tob 6:11 BA; Sir 49:7; Vett. Val. 113, 16.—JWackernagel, Syntax II² 1928, 86).—Perh. the development of αὐ. in the direction of οὗτος (which it practically replaces in Mod. Gk.) is beginning to have some influence in the NT (Pla., Phdr. 229e αὐτά=this; X., An. 4, 7, 7 αὐτό; Dio Chrys. 3, 37; 15 [32], 10 αὐτοί; Aelian, NA 6, 10; Mél. de la fac. orient … Beyrouth 1, 1906, 149 no. 18 εἰς αὐτὸ ἐγεννήθης=for this [purpose] you were born; Schmid IV 69; 616 αὐτός = οὗτος; Synes., Ep. 3, 159a; 4, 165a; Agathias [VI A.D.], Hist. 1, 3 p. 144, 17 D.) καὶ αὐ. ἦν Σαμαρίτης Lk 17:16 (cp. 3:23; 19:2 and 1g above; on 5:1 s. Mussies 169). Yet here αὐ. could mean alone (examples of this from Hom. on in many writers in WSchulze, Quaestiones epicae 1892, p. 250, 3) he alone was a Samaritan; but Luke’s thematic interest in unexpected candidates for the Kingdom (cp. 5:30–32; 15:2; 19:2 [καὶ αὐτός]; 23:43) militates against the view.

ⓑ The oblique cases of αὐ. very oft. (in a fashion customary since Hom.) take the place of the 3rd pers. personal pron.; in partic. the gen. case replaces the missing possessive pron.

α. w. ref. to a preceding noun διαφέρετε αὐτῶν Mt 6:26; καταβάντος αὐτοῦ 8:1; ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτά 11:25.—26:43f; Mk 1:10; 4:33ff; 12:19; Lk 1:22; 4:41. The gen. is sometimes put first for no special reason (Esth 1:1e) αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα J 2:23, cp. 3:19, 21, 33; 4:47; 12:40. αὐτῶν τὴν συνείδησιν 1 Cor 8:12. Sim. Lk 1:36 αὐτῇ τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ w. her who was called barren. Forms of αὐ. are sometimes used without qualifiers in a series, referring to difft. pers.: φέρουσιν αὐτῷ (Jesus) τυφλόν, καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν (Jesus) ἵνα αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ τυφλοῦ) ἅψηται Mk 8:22. On problems related to the rdg. τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρωδιάδος εἰσελθούσης when his (Herod’s) daughter Herodias came in (?) Mk 6:22, s. Borger in 1g, and entry Ἡρῳδίας.

β. w. ref. to a noun to be supplied fr. the context, and without suggestion of contrast or disparagement: ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν (i.e. τ. Γαλιλαίων) Mt 4:23. ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 11:1. ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the inhabitants) Ac 8:5. παρακαλέσας αὐτούς 20:2. ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 2 Cor 2:13. τὰ γινόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν Eph 5:12. ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς αὐτούς Ac 12:21. τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν 1 Pt 3:14 (cp. 13 and s. Is 8:12). Mt 12:9 (cp. vs. 2); Lk 2:22; 18:15; 19:9; 23:51; J 8:44; 20:15; Ac 4:5; Ro 2:26; Hb 8:9.

γ. freq. used w. a verb, even though a noun in the case belonging to the verb has already preceded it (cp. Dio Chrys. 6, 23; 78 [29], 20; Epict. 3, 1, 22; POxy 299 [I A.D.] Λάμπωνι ἔδωκα αὐτῷ δραχμὰς η´; FKälker, Quaest. de Eloc. Polyb. 1880, 274) τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν σκιᾷ θανάτου φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς Mt 4:16.—5:40; 9:28; 26:71; J 15:2; 18:11; Js 4:17; Rv 2:7, 17; 6:4 al.

δ. used pleonastically after a relative, as somet. in older Gk., e.g. Soph., X., Hyperid. (B-D-F §297; Rob. 683), freq. in the LXX fr. Gen 1:11 (οὗ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ; GrBar 2:11 ὸ̔ν οὐδεὶς δύναται πειρᾶσαι αὐτόν al.) on (Helbing, Grammatik p. iv; Thackeray 46), and quotable elsewh. in the Koine (Callim., Epigr. 43 [42], 3 ὧν … αὐτῶν; Peripl. Eryth. c. 35; POxy 117, 15f ἐξ ὧν δώσεις τοῖς παιδίοις σου ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν): οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25. πᾶν ὸ̔ δέδωκεν … ἀναστήσω αὐτό J 6:39; Ac 15:17. ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν Rv 3:8. οἷς ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς 7:2, cp. 13:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9.—Cp. in ref. to an anticipatory noun τὰ Ἐλισαίου ὀστᾶ … νεκροῦ βληθέντος … ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast on the bones of Elisha AcPlCor 2:32.

ε. continuing a relative clause (an older Gk. constr.; B-D-F §297; Rob. 724): ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς αὐτόν 1 Cor 8:6; οἷς τὸ κρίμα … καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν (for καὶ ὧν ἡ ἀπώλεια) 2 Pt 2:3.

ζ. w. a change of pers. Lk 1:45; Rv 18:24.

η. w. a change of number and gender ἔθνη … αὐτούς Mt 28:19. τοῦ παιδίου … αὐτῇ Mk 5:41. φῶς … αὐτόν J 1:10. λαόν … αὐτῶν Mt 1:21.—14:14; Mk 6:45f; 2 Cor 5:19.

③ pert. to someth. that is identical with, or closely related to, someth., w. art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό the same (Hom. et al.; Ps 101:28, s. Mussies 171).

ⓐ w. a noun τὸν αὐ. λόγον Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39; τὸ αὐ. φύραμα Ro 9:21; cp. Lk 23:40; 1 Cor 1:10; 10:3f; 12:4ff; 15:39; Phil 1:30.

ⓑ without a noun τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. ποιεῖν (Jos., Ant. 5, 129; 9, 271) Mt 5:46; Lk 6:33; Eph 6:9. τὰ αὐτὰ πράσσειν Ro 2:1. τὸ αὐ. λέγειν agree (not only in words; s. on λέγω 1aα) 1 Cor 1:10. ἀπαγγέλλειν τὰ αὐτά Ac 15:27. τὸ αὐ. as adv. in the same way (X., Mem. 3, 8, 5) Mt 27:44; 18:9 D.—ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. (Hesychius: ὁμοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν αὐ. τόπον; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30, 167; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]; BGU 762, 9 [II A.D.] ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. καμήλων ε´ of the five camels taken together; PTebt 14, 20; 319, 9 al.; 2 Km 2:13; Ps 2:2 al.; 3 Macc 3:1; Sus 14 Theod.) of place at the same place, together (En 100:2; Jos., Bell. 2, 346; s. συνέρχομαι 1a) Mt 22:34; 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; B 4:10; IEph 5:3; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. (TestNapht 6:6) Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1. προστιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. add to the total Ac 2:47 (see M-M.). κατὰ τὸ αυ. of pers. being together as a body in each other’s company, together (PEleph 1, 5 εἶναι δὲ ἡμᾶς κατὰ ταὐτό) and also with ref. to simultaneous presence at the same time (Aelian, VH 14, 8 δύο εἰκόνας εἰργάσατο Πολύκλειτος κατὰ τ. αὐ.; 3 Km 3:18) Ac 14:1; the mng. in the same way may also apply (ENestle, Acts 14:1: ET 24, 1913, 187f) as in Hs 8, 7, 1 (cod. A; s. καθά; but s. Bonner 105, n. 17, who restores κατʼ αὐ[τοὺς αἱ ῥάβ]δοι; so also Joly).—In combinations ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐ. (also Pla., Leg. 721c; Aristot., Metaph. 1039a, 28; other exx. in GKypke, Observ. II 1755, 220; Diod S 3, 63, 2 εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτός) one and the same thing 1 Cor 11:5; cp. 12:11 (Diod S 22, 6, 3 μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀπόκρισιν; Epict. 1, 19, 15 μία καὶ ἡ αὐ. ἀρχή). W. gen. foll. τὰ αὐ. τῶν παθημάτων the same sufferings as 1 Pt 5:9. Without comparison: ὁ αὐ. (Thu. 2, 61, 2; Plut., Caesar 729 [45, 7], Brutus 989 [13, 1]) εἶ thou art the same Hb 1:12 (Ps 101:28); cp. 13:8. On the variation betw. αὐτοῦ and αὑτοῦ, αὐτῶν and αὑτῶν in the mss., s. ἑαυτοῦ, beg.—WMichaelis, D. unbetonte καὶ αὐτός bei Lukas: StTh 4, ’51, 86–93; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 96–100; MWilcox, The Semitisms of Ac, ’65, 93–100 (Qumran).—Mussies 168–73. DELG. M-M. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > αὐτός
15 el

art.

the (in general).

el coche the car

la casa the house

los niños the children

el agua/hacha/águila the water/ax/eagle

fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children

* * *

el

► determinante

1 the

■ el coche the car

■ el agua water

■ el Japón Japan

■ la Sra. Rodríguez Mrs. Rodríguez

■ llegó el martes he arrived on Tuesday

2 el de the one

■ el del traje azul the one in the blue suit

■ el de Valencia the one from Valencia

■ el de tu hermano your brother's

■ el de hoy today's

3 el que (persona - sujeto) the one who; (- objeto) the one, the one that, the one whom

■ el que vino ayer the one who came yesterday

■ el que vi the one I saw

4 (cosa) the one, the one that, the one which

■ el que me diste the one (that) you gave me

* * *
1. pron.
the one

- el que
2. art.
the

* * *

el; la; los; las
ART DEF
1) [con nombres de referente único o concreto] the

el sol — the sun

perdí el autobús — I missed the bus

¿está fría el agua? — is the water cold?

¿ha llegado ya el abogado? — has the lawyer arrived yet?

el tío ese — * that chap

2) [en algunos casos no se traduce]

a) [con nombres propios]

La India — India

en el México de hoy — in present-day Mexico

el Real Madrid ganó la liga — Real Madrid won the league

el General Prim — General Prim

¿qué manda la señora? — what would madam like?

ha llamado el Sr. Sendra — Mr. Sendra called

dáselo a la Luisa — * give it to Luisa

b) [con nombres en sentido genérico]

me gusta el baloncesto — I like basketball

no me gusta el pescado — I don't like fish

está en la cárcel — he's in jail

c) [con infinitivo]

el hacerlo fue un error — doing it was a mistake, it was a mistake to do it

d) [con cifras, proporciones]

la mitad de la población — half of the population

ahora gano el 3% más — I now earn 3% more

3) [traducido por el posesivo]

se lavó las manos — he washed his hands

me he cortado el pelo — I've had my hair cut

ayer me lavé la cabeza — I washed my hair yesterday

me puse el abrigo — I put my coat on

4) [con expresiones temporales]

a las ocho — at eight o'clock

a los quince días — after a fortnight

vendrá el lunes que viene — he's coming next Monday

la reunión será el 15 de abril — the meeting's on 15 April

en el mes de julio — in (the month of) July

5) (=uso distributivo)

cuesta dos euros el kilo — it costs two euros a kilo

6) [en exclamaciones]

¡el frío que hacía! — it was freezing!

7) [posesivo]

• el de, mi libro y el de usted — my book and yours

este jugador y el de la camisa azul — this player and the one in the blue shirt

el del sombrero rojo — the one with o in the red hat

es un traje bonito, pero prefiero el de Ana — it's a nice suit, but I prefer Ana's

y el de todos los demás — and that of everybody else, and everybody else's

el idiota de Pedro no me contestó al teléfono — that idiot Pedro didn't answer the phone

8)

• el que —

a) + indic

el que compramos no vale — the one we bought is no good

a los que mencionamos añádase este — add this one to the ones we mentioned

yo fui el que lo encontró — I was the one who found it

él es el que quiere — it's he who wants to, he's the one who wants to

los que hacen eso son tontos — anyone who does that is a fool, those who do so are foolish

b) + subjun whoever

el que quiera, que lo haga — whoever wants to can do it

* * *

(pl los), la (pl las) articulo

[the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]

1)

a) ( con un referente único) the

el sol — the sun

la Tierra — the Earth

b) ( con sustantivos en sentido genérico)

odio el pescado — I hate fish

así es la vida — that's life

(nosotros) los mexicanos — we Mexicans

¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?

en el mar — at sea

c) ( con un referente conocido o que se define)

en la calle Solis — in Solis street

el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours

el rojo/último — the red/last one

el estúpido del marido — that stupid husband of hers

los nacidos entre... — those born between...

2)

a)

el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's

b)

el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it

3) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

ocurrió el domingo — it happened last Sunday

mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo — my birthday's on May 28

el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month

no trabajo los sábados — I don't work (on) Saturdays

toda la mañana — all morning

a las ocho — at eight o'clock

4) ( cada)

$80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo

5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)

la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money

el 20% de... — 20% of...

el cuarto piso — the fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor

6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)

tenía las manos en los bolsillos — she had her hands in her pockets

te cortaste el pelo! — you've had your hair cut!

tienes la falda sucia — your skirt is dirty

tiene los ojos azules — he has blue eyes

7) ( con nombres propios)

a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)

el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal

b) ( en plural)

los Ortega — the Ortegas

c) ( con algunos nombres geográficos)

en la India — in India

en (el) Perú — in Peru; ver África, Argentina, etc

d) ( al calificar)

la España de Franco — Franco's Spain

el Buñuel que todos conocemos — the Buñuel we all know

e) ( con algunos equipos deportivos)

juegan contra el Juventus — they're playing against Juventus

8) el ( con infinitivo)

odiaba el tener que pedírselo — he hated having to ask her

es cuidadoso en el hablar — he's careful in the way he speaks

el frenético girar de los bailarines — the frenzied spinning of the dancers

* * *

(pl los), la (pl las) articulo

[the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]

1)

a) ( con un referente único) the

el sol — the sun

la Tierra — the Earth

b) ( con sustantivos en sentido genérico)

odio el pescado — I hate fish

así es la vida — that's life

(nosotros) los mexicanos — we Mexicans

¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?

en el mar — at sea

c) ( con un referente conocido o que se define)

en la calle Solis — in Solis street

el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours

el rojo/último — the red/last one

el estúpido del marido — that stupid husband of hers

los nacidos entre... — those born between...

2)

a)

el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's

b)

el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it

3) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

ocurrió el domingo — it happened last Sunday

mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo — my birthday's on May 28

el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month

no trabajo los sábados — I don't work (on) Saturdays

toda la mañana — all morning

a las ocho — at eight o'clock

4) ( cada)

$80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo

5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)

la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money

el 20% de... — 20% of...

el cuarto piso — the fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor

6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)

tenía las manos en los bolsillos — she had her hands in her pockets

te cortaste el pelo! — you've had your hair cut!

tienes la falda sucia — your skirt is dirty

tiene los ojos azules — he has blue eyes

7) ( con nombres propios)

a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)

el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal

b) ( en plural)

los Ortega — the Ortegas

c) ( con algunos nombres geográficos)

en la India — in India

en (el) Perú — in Peru; ver África, Argentina, etc

d) ( al calificar)

la España de Franco — Franco's Spain

el Buñuel que todos conocemos — the Buñuel we all know

e) ( con algunos equipos deportivos)

juegan contra el Juventus — they're playing against Juventus

8) el ( con infinitivo)

odiaba el tener que pedírselo — he hated having to ask her

es cuidadoso en el hablar — he's careful in the way he speaks

el frenético girar de los bailarines — the frenzied spinning of the dancers

* * *

el²

= the, ye.

Nota: Forma arcaica.

Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

Ex: The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.

* a lo extremo = to the extreme.

* aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.

* barrio de los ricos = upper town.

* de los mejores = as good as any.

* el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.

* el acabose = the last straw.

* el alcance = comprehensiveness.

* el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.

* el año próximo = the year ahead.

* el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.

* el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.

* el auténtico = the real McCoy.

* el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.

* el bien de = the good of.

* el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.

* el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.

* el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.

* el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.

* el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.

* el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.

* el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.

* el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.

* el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.

* el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.

* el charco = the big pond.

* el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.

* el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* el colmo = the last straw.

* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.

* el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* el corazón de = the heart of.

* el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.

* el cual = which.

* el de = that in, that of.

* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.

* El Diluvio = the Flood.

* el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.

* el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.

* el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.

* el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.

* el doble = twice + as many.

* el doble de = twice + the number of.

* El Dorado = El Dorado.

* el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.

* el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.

* el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.

* el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].

* el evitar = avoidance.

* el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).

* el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).

* el final de = the close of.

* el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.

* el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.

* el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.

* el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.

* el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.

* el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.

* el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.

* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.

* el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.

* el grado de = the extent of.

* el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.

* el grado en que = the extent to which.

* el gran hermano = big brother.

* el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.

* el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).

* el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....

* el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.

* el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.

* el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.

* el impulsor de = the power behind.

* el interés público = the public interest.

* El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.

* el lastre de = the shackles of.

* el llevar = carrying.

* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.

* El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.

* el más = all-time.

* el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.

* el más allá = hereafter.

* el más bajo = rock-bottom.

* el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.

* el más leído = the most widely read.

* el más recomendado = best of breed, the.

* el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.

* el mejor = best of breed, the.

* el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.

* el mejor modo de = the best way of.

* el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.

* el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.

* el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.

* el mentir = lying.

* el mes pasado = last month.

* el mío = mine.

* el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).

* el mismo número = as many.

* el modo como = the way in which.

* el modo de = the way in which.

* el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* el momento preciso = the point in time at which.

* el motor de = the power behind.

* el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.

* el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.

* el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.

* el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.

* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.

* el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.

* el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.

* el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.

* el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.

* el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.

* el orgullo de = showpiece.

* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.

* el padre de = the father of.

* el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.

* el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.

* el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.

* el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.

* el peso de = brunt of, the.

* el populacho = the great unwashed.

* el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.

* el portavoz de = the voice of.

* el presente = thisness.

* el primer intento = the first time around.

* el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.

* el primero mencionado = former.

* el principal = the number one.

* el principio de = the dawn of.

* el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.

* el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.

* el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.

* el proletariado = the great unwashed.

* el pulmón de = the heart of.

* el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.

* el que = that, the one.

* el que aprende = learner.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.

* el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].

* el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.

* el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).

* el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.

* el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].

* el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.

* el registro de los registros = record-of-record.

* el registro modelo = record-of-record.

* el resto = rest, the.

* el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).

* El Salvador = El Salvador.

* el segundo mencionado = latter.

* el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* el ser barato = cheapness.

* el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.

* el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.

* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* el tamaño de = the extent of.

* el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.

* el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.

* el tiempo de Algo = in season.

* el tiempo es oro = time is money.

* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.

* el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).

* el tipo de = the range of.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.

* el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.

* el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.

* el último citado = latter.

* el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.

* el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.

* el único = the one and only.

* el único e incomparable = the one and only.

* el único e inimitable = the one and only.

* el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.

* el verdadero = the real McCoy.

* el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.

* el ver televisión = television viewing.

* el viejo = the elder.

* el vulgo = the great unwashed.

* el yugo de = the shackles of.

* espicharlas = kick + the bucket.

* la = the, ye.

* la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.

* la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.

* La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.

* la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.

* la buena noticia = the good news.

* la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.

* la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.

* la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.

* la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.

* la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.

* la ciudadana media = the average Jane.

* la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.

* la clave de = at the heart of.

* la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* la comunidad en general = the community at large.

* la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.

* la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.

* la cosa es que = the thing is.

* la cosa principal = the number one thing.

* la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* la cruz de = the bane of.

* la cuestión es que = the thing is.

* la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.

* la demanda de = a call for.

* la diversidad de = the range of.

* la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.

* la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.

* la época de Algo = in season.

* la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.

* la espalda de = the back of.

* la evidencia = the writing on the wall.

* la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.

* la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.

* la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.

* la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.

* la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).

* la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.

* la gente decía que = rumour had it that.

* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.

* la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.

* la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.

* la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.

* la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.

* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.

* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.

* la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.

* la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.

* la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.

* la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.

* la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.

* la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.

* La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.

* la joya de = showpiece.

* la judicatura = the Bench.

* la justicia = the Bench.

* la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.

* la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.

* la magistratura = the Bench.

* la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

* la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

* la mar de = a whole slew of.

* la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.

* la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.

* la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.

* la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.

* la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.

* la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.

* la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.

* la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.

* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.

* la medida en que = the extent to which.

* la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].

* la mejor manera = how best.

* la mejor manera de = the best way of.

* la mejor oferta = the best deal.

* la mejor opción = the best bet.

* la mejor salida = the best way forward.

* la mejor solución = the best way forward.

* la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.

* la mentira = lying.

* la mirada en = eye(s) on.

* la misma persona = one and the same person.

* la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).

* la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.

* la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.

* la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.

* la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.

* la parte de atrás de = the back of.

* la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.

* la parte más importante = the heart of.

* la parte principal de = the bulk of.

* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.

* la parte trasera de = the back of.

* la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.

* la pesadilla de = the bane of.

* la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.

* la petición de = a call for.

* la píldora = the pill.

* la plebe = the great unwashed.

* la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.

* la primera tentativa = the first time around.

* la primera vez = the first time around.

* la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.

* la próxima moda = the next hot thing.

* la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.

* la que = that, the one.

* la razón de ser = the reason for being.

* la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).

* la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.

* la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....

* la riqueza de = the wealth of.

* la ruina de = the bane of.

* las = the, ye.

* las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.

* las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las ataduras de = the shackles of.

* las autoridades = the powers-that-be.

* las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.

* las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).

* las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).

* las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.

* las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.

* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.

* las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.

* las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.

* las de = those for.

* las doce del mediodía = noon.

* la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.

* la segunda opción = the next best choice.

* la segunda vez = the second time around.

* la semana pasada = last week.

* la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* la situación = the course of events.

* la sociedad en general = society at large.

* las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.

* las profundidades del mar = the deep.

* las profundidades del océano = the deep.

* las pruebas = the writing on the wall.

* las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.

* las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.

* las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.

* las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.

* las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.

* la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.

* la suerte está echada = the die is cast.

* la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.

* las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.

* las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.

* la temporada de Algo = in season.

* la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.

* la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.

* la tira de = a whole slew of.

* la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.

* la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).

* la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* la última vez = last time.

* la última vez que = the last time.

* la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.

* la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.

* la ventaja de = the beauty of.

* la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.

* la verdad = the lowdown (on).

* la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.

* la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....

* la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.

* la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.

* la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.

* la vida continúa = the show must go on.

* la vida + continuar = life + go on.

* la vida es así = life's like that.

* ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.

* la vida + seguir = life + go on.

* la víspera de = on the eve of.

* la voz de = the voice of.

* la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.

* la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.

* la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.

* la voz del odio = the voice of hate.

* la voz interior = the voice within.

* lo absurdo = ridiculousness.

* lo adecuado = adequacy.

* lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.

* lo anodino = blandness.

* lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.

* lo apropiado = appropriateness.

* lo barato = inexpensiveness.

* lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).

* lo bastante elevado = high enough.

* lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.

* lo bueno de = the beauty of.

* lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.

* lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.

* lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.

* lo caro = expensiveness.

* lo chicano = Chicana.

* lo chulo = coolness.

* lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).

* lo completo = completeness.

* lo completo que Algo está = fullness.

* lo creas o no = believe it or not.

* lo decisivo = the last word.

* lo definitivo = the last word.

* lo desagradable = unpleasantness.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.

* lo directo = directness.

* lo divertido = the fun part.

* lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.

* lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).

* lo estrafalario = zaniness.

* lo estrambótico = zaniness.

* lo extenso = comprehensiveness.

* lo favorable = propitiousness.

* lo hebraico = Hebraica.

* lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.

* lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.

* lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.

* lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.

* lo indefinido = indefiniteness.

* lo indirecto = indirectness.

* lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.

* lo insulso = blandness.

* lo interesante = the fun part.

* lo judío = Judaica.

* lo lindo = cuteness.

* lo llano = flatness.

* lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.

* lo más conveniente es que = optimally.

* lo más destacado = highlights.

* lo más detestado = pet hate.

* lo más importante = most of all, at its core.

* lo más interesante = highlights.

* lo más mínimo = so much as.

* lo más novedoso = the last word.

* lo más odiado = pet hate.

* lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.

* lo más probable es que = most probably.

* lo más recio de = brunt of, the.

* lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.

* lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* lo mejor = the top of the tree.

* lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.

* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.

* lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.

* lo mejor de todo = best of all.

* lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.

* lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....

* lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.

* lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.

* lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.

* lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.

* lo menos posible = as little as possible.

* lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.

* lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.

* lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).

* lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.

* lo mismo que antes = the same as before.

* lo mismo que para = the same as that for.

* lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).

* lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.

* lo mucho que = how extensively.

* lo noble = high-mindedness.

* lo no convencional = unconventional, the.

* lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).

* lo oportuno = timeliness.

* lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.

* lo peor de = brunt of, the.

* lo peor del = the armpit of the.

* lo pintoresco = quaintness.

* lo plano = flatness.

* lo poco común = rarity, rareness.

* lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.

* lo primero = for one, first off.

* lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.

* lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.

* lo propicio = propitiousness.

* lo público = publicness.

* lo que = that which, what.

* lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.

* lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.

* lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.

* lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.

* lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.

* lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.

* lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.

* lo que es aun mejor = better still.

* lo que es aun peor = worse still.

* lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.

* lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.

* lo que es más = what is more, what's more.

* lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.

* lo que es mejor aun = better still.

* lo que es muy importante = importantly.

* lo que es peor = what's worse.

* lo que es peor aun = worse still.

* lo que espera a = what is on store for.

* lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.

* lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.

* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.

* lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.

* lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.

* lo que le corresponde = fair share.

* lo que nos espera = things to come.

* lo que quiera que = whatever.

* lo que sea = something or other.

* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.

* lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.

* lo que + ser = what + be like.

* lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.

* lo rural = rurality.

* los = the, ye.

* los 365 días del año = year-round.

* los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.

* los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.

* los acontecimientos = the course of events.

* lo sagrado = sacredness.

* los albores de = the dawn of.

* los años cincuenta = fifties.

* los años treinta = thirties.

* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.

* los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.

* los buenos tiempos = the good old days.

* los comienzos de = the dawn of.

* los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.

* los de = those for, those in.

* los demás = rest, the, everybody else.

* los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* los días antes de = leading up to.

* los dos = both, both of them, both of which.

* los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.

* los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.

* los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.

* los mandamás = the powers-that-be.

* los más necesitados = those most in need.

* los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.

* los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.

* los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.

* los necesitados = the needy.

* los orígenes de = the dawn of.

* los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].

* los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.

* los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.

* los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.

* los que = those who.

* los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.

* los que mandan = the powers-that-be.

* los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.

* los que + Verbo = those + Participio.

* los tribunales = the Bench.

* lo suficientemente cerca = within range.

* lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.

* lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.

* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.

* lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.

* los últimos coletazos = fag-end.

* lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.

* los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.

* los viejos tiempos = the good old days.

* lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.

* lo último = the last word.

* lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.

* lo vanguardista = cutting edge.

* lo yidish = Yiddica.

* parmarlas = kick + the bucket.

* ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

* * *

el (pl los), la; (pl las)

art

[ the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or, ha e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]

A (con un referente único, conocido o que se define) the

el sol the sun

el lápiz/la goma/los lápices/las gomas que compré the pencil/the eraser/the pencils/the erasers I bought

no, ése no, el que te presté ayer/el de Julio/el rojo no, not that one, the one I lent you yesterday/Julio's/the red one

en la calle Solís in Solís Street

prefiero el mío/los tuyos I prefer mine/yours

me atendió el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers served me

yo soy la arquitecta, ella es lexicógrafa I'm the architect, she's a lexicographer

yo fui la que lo rompí or rompió I was the one who broke it

los nacidos entre … those born between …

los que faltamos ayer those of us who weren't here yesterday

¿cuál es Ardiles? — el del sombrero negro which one's Ardiles? — the one with the black hat

un encuentro al que asistieron muchas personalidades a meeting which was attended by many well known people

la obra de la que or de la cual hablábamos the play we were talking about

B

(con sustantivos en sentido genérico): me encanta la ópera I love opera

odio el pescado I hate fish

así es la vida that's life

(nosotros) los mexicanos lo sabemos muy bien we Mexicans know only too well

¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?

ya salió del hospital she's out of the hospital ( AmE) o ( BrE) out of hospital

en el mar at sea

viajar por el espacio to travel in space

C

(en expresiones de tiempo): ocurrió el domingo de Pascua/en el verano del 76 it happened on Easter Sunday/in the summer of '76

mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28

el mes pasado/que viene last/next month

no trabaja los sábados she doesn't work (on) Saturdays

estudió toda la mañana he studied all morning

a las ocho at eight o'clock, at eight

a eso de las seis around six o'clock

D

(cada): lo venden a $80 el kilo/metro they're selling it at $80 a kilo/a meter o at $80 per kilo/meter

¿cuánto cuesta el paquete de diez? how much does a packet of ten cost?

E

(con fracciones, porcentajes, números): me dio la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero she gave me half the money/a quarter of the money

el 20% de los peruanos 20% of Peruvians

vivo en el cuarto I live on the fifth floor ( AmE) o ( BrE) fourth floor

F [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc): con las manos en los bolsillos with my/your/his hands in my/your/his pockets

¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!

tienes la falda sucia your skirt is dirty

tienes el suéter puesto al revés you've got your sweater on inside out

tiene el pelo largo/los ojos azules he has long hair/blue eyes

G (con nombres propios)

1

(con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc): llamó el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal/el general Santos Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal/General Santos phoned

el gran Caruso the Great Caruso

2

(con nombres de mujeres famosas): la última película de la Monroe Monroe's last movie

3

(en plural): los Ortega (matrimonio) the Ortegas, Mr and Mrs Ortega; (familia) the Ortegas, the Ortega family

a los Josés se les suele llamar Pepe people called José are often known as Pepe

4 (fam: en muchas regiones crit)

(con nombres de pila): pregúntale a la Carmen/al Ricardo ask Carmen/Ricardo

5

(con algunos nombres geográficos): en la India in India

en (el) Perú in Peru

ver África, Argentina, el etc

6

(al calificar): la España de Franco Franco's Spain

el Buñuel que todos conocemos the Buñuel we all know

la Italia del siglo pasado Italy in the last century

7

(con algunos equipos deportivos): juegan contra el Juventus/el Barcelona they're playing against Juventus/Barcelona

H el

(con infinitivo): odiaba el tener que pedírselo he hated having to ask her

es cuidadoso y pausado en el hablar he's careful and deliberate in the way he speaks

el frenético girar de los bailarines the frenzied spinning of the dancers

al + INF ver a prep B 2. (↑ a 3)

* * *

Multiple Entries:
el
él
el (pl
◊ los), la (pl las) art the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina

1
a) ( en general) the;

◊ la Tierra the Earth

b) ( con sustantivos en sentido genérico):

◊ odio el pescado I hate fish;

así es la vida that's life;
(nosotros) los mexicanos we Mexicans;
¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?
c) ( refiriéndose a algo que se conoce o se está definiendo):

◊ en la calle Solis in Solis street;

las tuyas yours;
el último the last one;
el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers
2
a) el + de:

◊ la del sombrero the one with the hat;

el de las nueve the nine o'clock one;
el de mi hijo my son's
b) el + que:

◊ las que yo ví the ones I saw;

los que estén cansados;
those who are tired, anyone who's tired;
la que te guste whichever you like
3 ( en expresiones de tiempo):
◊ ocurrió el domingo it happened last Sunday;

mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28;
el mes pasado last month;
toda la mañana all morning;
a las ocho at eight o'clock
4 ( cada):
◊ $80 el metro/kilo $80 a meter/a kilo, $80 per kilo/meter

5 (con fracciones, porcentajes, números):
◊ la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero half the money/a quarter of the money;

el 20% de … 20% of …
6 (con partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc):
◊ tenía las manos en los bolsillos she had her hands in her pockets;

¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!;
tiene los ojos azules he has blue eyes
7
a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc):

◊ el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal;

los Ortega the Ortegas
b) ( con algunos nombres geográficos):

◊ en la India in India;

ver África, Argentina, etc
él pron pers
a) ( como sujeto) he;

◊ ¿quién se lo va a decir? — él who's going to tell her? — he is;

lo hizo él mismo he did it himself;
fue él it was him
b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him;

( refiriéndose a cosas) it;
◊ llegué antes que él I arrived before him o before he did;

con/para él with/for him;
son de él they're his
el art def m
1 the
2 (no se traduce) (ante un tratamiento formal) el sr. Gómez, Mr Gomez
(cuando el sustantivo es general) el hambre/tiempo, hunger/time
3 (se traduce por un posesivo) (con partes del cuerpo) se ha cortado el pelo, she's cut her hair
(prendas) se lo metió en el bolsillo, he put it in his pocket
(pertenencias) guarda el diario en el cajón, put your diary into the drawer
4 (con días de la semana) iré el miércoles, I'll go on Wednesday
5 (cuando el sustantivo está elidido) the one: prefiero el azul, I prefer the blue one
el de las diez, the ten o'clock one
el que está en la mesa, the one that's on the table
el que más nos guste, whichever one we like best
(delante de un posesivo) el de María, Maria's
es el mío, it's mine
él pron pers
1 (sujeto) (persona) he
(animal, cosa) it: fue él, it was him, fue él el que..., it was him that... o it was he who...
2 (complemento) (persona) him
(animal, cosa) it
dáselo a él, give it to him, es para él, it's for him
3 (posesivo) de él, his
4 (oración comparativa) ella es mejor que él, she's better than him o she's better than he is
'él' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abajo
- abalanzarse
- abaratarse
- abarquillarse
- abarrotar
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abastecimiento
- abatir
- abatimiento
- abdicar
- abierta
- abierto
- abismo
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abominable
- abordar
- aborigen
- aborregarse
- abortar
- abotargada
- abotargado
- abrir
- abreviar
- abrirse
- absoluta
- absoluto
- abstención
- abundancia
- acabar
- acabarse
- acabose
- acallar
- acanallar
- accionariado
- acero
- achacosa
- achacoso
- achatamiento
- achicharrarse
- aclarar
- aclarado
- acomodarse
- acompañar
- acondicionar
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
English:
A
- abandon
- ABC
- ability
- about
- above
- abroad
- abseil
- absence
- absent
- absolute
- absolve
- absorb
- abstract
- academic
- accelerate
- accommodate
- accomplice
- account
- accurately
- accusation
- accused
- accustom
- aching
- act
- act on
- act up
- actual
- actually
- acute
- address
- adequately
- adjourn
- admission
- admit
- advance
- advanced
- advantage
- advantageous
- advise
- advocate
- affair
- afford
- afloat
- afraid
- after
- against
- age
- agenda
- aggregate

* * *

el (f la, mpl los, fpl las) art determinado el is used instead of la before feminine nouns which are stressed on the first syllable and begin with “a” or “ha” (e.g. el agua, el hacha). Note that el combines with the prepositions a and de to produce the contracted forms al and del.

1. [con valor especificador] the;

el coche the car;

la casa the house;

los niños the children;

el agua/hacha/águila the water/axe/eagle;

fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children

2. [con sustantivo abstracto, valor genérico]
el amor love;

la vida life;

el hombre Man, human beings;

los derechos de la mujer women's rights;

los niños imitan a los adultos children copy adults;

el pan es un alimento básico bread is a basic food;

la mayoría de la gente no la conoce most people don't know her;

vuelve el biquini bikinis are back

3. [indica posesión, pertenencia]
se partió la pierna he broke his leg;

se quitó los zapatos she took her shoes off;

tiene el pelo oscuro he has dark hair;

me han robado la maleta my suitcase has been stolen;

se dieron la mano they shook hands

4. [con días de la semana, fechas, horas]
vuelven el sábado they're coming back on Saturday;

los domingos vamos al cine we go to the movies (on) Sundays;

llegaré el 1 de mayo [escrito] I'll arrive on 1 May;
[hablado] I'll arrive on the first of May;
son las siete it's seven o'clock;

el año pasado/que viene last/next year

5. [con nombres propios geográficos]
el Sena the (River) Seine;

el Everest (Mount) Everest;

la India India;

La Haya The Hague;

El Cairo Cairo;

la España de la posguerra post-war Spain

6. [con apellido]
la señora Márquez Mrs Márquez;

el señor/el doctor Juárez Mr/Doctor Juárez;

los Amaya [matrimonio] Mr and Mrs Amaya, the Amayas;
[familia completa] the Amayas, the Amaya family;
los Austrias the Hapsburgs;

el Hitler español the Spanish Hitler

7. Fam [con nombre propio de persona]
llama a la María call Maria

8. [con numerales, porcentajes, fracciones]
el siete es mi número de la suerte seven's my lucky number;

llegó el tercero he came third;

el tercer piso the third floor;

un aumento del 30 por ciento a 30 percent increase;

la quinta parte (de) a fifth (of);

el 20 por ciento (de) 20 percent (of)

9. [en proporciones, precios]
100 pesos el kilo 100 pesos a o per kilo

10. [con complemento especificativo]
el/la del sombrero the one with the hat;

los/las de azul [cosas] the blue ones;
[personas] the ones in blue;
he perdido el tren, cogeré el de las nueve I've missed the train, I'll get the nine o'clock one;

el de aquí this one here;

¿los del parque son amigos tuyos? were those people in the park friends of yours?;

prefiero las del escaparate I prefer the ones in the window;

los del fondo no se callan the people at the back won't shut up

11. [con complemento posesivo]
mi hermano y el de Juan my brother and Juan's;

el mío mine;

la tuya yours;

los suyos theirs

12. [con adjetivo]
prefiero el rojo al azul I prefer the red one to the blue one;

el/la mejor the best;

es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class, she's top of the class;

los seleccionados realizarán un examen those chosen will sit an exam;

el tonto de Ignacio se equivocó that idiot Ignacio got it wrong

13. [con infinitivo]
el beber tanto acabó con él all that drinking is what finished him off;

es amante del buen comer she loves good food;

me sienta mal el tener que decírtelo I don't like to have to tell you

14. [con frases subordinadas]
el/la que [cosa] whichever;
[persona] whoever;
los/las que [cosas] whichever;
[personas] whoever;
coge el/los que quieras take whichever you like;

el que más corra whoever runs fastest, the one who runs the fastest;

las que quieran venir que levanten la mano those who want to come o anyone who wants to come should put their hand up;

el que no te guste no quiere decir que sea malo the fact that you don't like him doesn't make him a bad person

15. [con valor enfático]
¡la pena que me dio verlo en ese estado! I felt so sorry for him when I saw him in that state!

* * *

el

I art the

II pron

:

el de … that of …;

el de Juan Juan’s;

el más grande the biggest (one);

el que está … the one that is …

* * *

él pron

: he, him

él es mi amigo: he's my friend

hablaremos con él: we will speak with him

el pron, (referring to masculine nouns)

1) : the one

tengo mi libro y el tuyo: I have my book and yours

de los cantantes me gusta el de México: I prefer the singer from México

2)

el que : he who, whoever, the one that

el que vino ayer: the one who came yesterday

el que trabaja duro estará contento: he who works hard will be happy

el, la art, pl los, las : the

los niños están en la casa: the boys are in the house

me duele el pie: my foot hurts

* * *

el det

1. the

¿qué te pareció el libro? what did you think of the book?

perdimos el tren we missed the train

2. (posesivo) my / your / his / her etcétera

me rompí el brazo I broke my arm

es el hermano de María it's María's brother

¿te has cortado el pelo? have you had your hair cut?

se puso el jersey he put his jumper on

3. (característica) the one

¿cuál prefieres? el azul which one do you prefer? the blue one

el del pelo largo the one with long hair

el de la camisa negra the one in the black shirt

me gusta el de Alejo I like Alejo's

¡Ojo! Algunas veces no se traduce

¿quieres salir el sábado? do you want to go out on Saturday?

el Sr. García Mr. García

me gusta el arroz I like rice

el que (persona) the one who / the one that (cosa) the one which / the one that

el que llegó primero the one who came first

el que me dejaste the one you lent me

el que (quienquiera) whoever

con el que that... with

el chico con el que salgo the boy that I go out with

el cuchillo con el que lo corté the knife that I cut it with

en el que that... in

el cajón en el que lo puse the drawer that I put it in

el coche en el que iban the car that they were in

Spanish-English dictionary > el
16 él

art.

the (in general).

el coche the car

la casa the house

los niños the children

el agua/hacha/águila the water/ax/eagle

fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children

* * *

el

► determinante

1 the

■ el coche the car

■ el agua water

■ el Japón Japan

■ la Sra. Rodríguez Mrs. Rodríguez

■ llegó el martes he arrived on Tuesday

2 el de the one

■ el del traje azul the one in the blue suit

■ el de Valencia the one from Valencia

■ el de tu hermano your brother's

■ el de hoy today's

3 el que (persona - sujeto) the one who; (- objeto) the one, the one that, the one whom

■ el que vino ayer the one who came yesterday

■ el que vi the one I saw

4 (cosa) the one, the one that, the one which

■ el que me diste the one (that) you gave me

* * *
1. pron.
the one

- el que
2. art.
the

* * *

el; la; los; las
ART DEF
1) [con nombres de referente único o concreto] the

el sol — the sun

perdí el autobús — I missed the bus

¿está fría el agua? — is the water cold?

¿ha llegado ya el abogado? — has the lawyer arrived yet?

el tío ese — * that chap

2) [en algunos casos no se traduce]

a) [con nombres propios]

La India — India

en el México de hoy — in present-day Mexico

el Real Madrid ganó la liga — Real Madrid won the league

el General Prim — General Prim

¿qué manda la señora? — what would madam like?

ha llamado el Sr. Sendra — Mr. Sendra called

dáselo a la Luisa — * give it to Luisa

b) [con nombres en sentido genérico]

me gusta el baloncesto — I like basketball

no me gusta el pescado — I don't like fish

está en la cárcel — he's in jail

c) [con infinitivo]

el hacerlo fue un error — doing it was a mistake, it was a mistake to do it

d) [con cifras, proporciones]

la mitad de la población — half of the population

ahora gano el 3% más — I now earn 3% more

3) [traducido por el posesivo]

se lavó las manos — he washed his hands

me he cortado el pelo — I've had my hair cut

ayer me lavé la cabeza — I washed my hair yesterday

me puse el abrigo — I put my coat on

4) [con expresiones temporales]

a las ocho — at eight o'clock

a los quince días — after a fortnight

vendrá el lunes que viene — he's coming next Monday

la reunión será el 15 de abril — the meeting's on 15 April

en el mes de julio — in (the month of) July

5) (=uso distributivo)

cuesta dos euros el kilo — it costs two euros a kilo

6) [en exclamaciones]

¡el frío que hacía! — it was freezing!

7) [posesivo]

• el de, mi libro y el de usted — my book and yours

este jugador y el de la camisa azul — this player and the one in the blue shirt

el del sombrero rojo — the one with o in the red hat

es un traje bonito, pero prefiero el de Ana — it's a nice suit, but I prefer Ana's

y el de todos los demás — and that of everybody else, and everybody else's

el idiota de Pedro no me contestó al teléfono — that idiot Pedro didn't answer the phone

8)

• el que —

a) + indic

el que compramos no vale — the one we bought is no good

a los que mencionamos añádase este — add this one to the ones we mentioned

yo fui el que lo encontró — I was the one who found it

él es el que quiere — it's he who wants to, he's the one who wants to

los que hacen eso son tontos — anyone who does that is a fool, those who do so are foolish

b) + subjun whoever

el que quiera, que lo haga — whoever wants to can do it

* * *

pronombre personal

a) ( como sujeto) he

él me lo dijo — he told me

¿quién se lo va a decir? - él — who's going to tell her? - he is

lo hizo él mismo — he did it himself

fue él — it was him, it was he (frml)

b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him; ( refiriéndose a cosas) it

llegué antes que él — I arrived before him o before he did

eres tan alto como él — you are as tall as him o as he is

con/contra/para él — with/against/for him

son de él — they're his

con/contra/para él — with/against/for him

* * *

(pl los), la (pl las) articulo

[the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]

1)

a) ( con un referente único) the

el sol — the sun

la Tierra — the Earth

b) ( con sustantivos en sentido genérico)

odio el pescado — I hate fish

así es la vida — that's life

(nosotros) los mexicanos — we Mexicans

¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?

en el mar — at sea

c) ( con un referente conocido o que se define)

en la calle Solis — in Solis street

el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours

el rojo/último — the red/last one

el estúpido del marido — that stupid husband of hers

los nacidos entre... — those born between...

2)

a)

el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's

b)

el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it

3) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

ocurrió el domingo — it happened last Sunday

mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo — my birthday's on May 28

el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month

no trabajo los sábados — I don't work (on) Saturdays

toda la mañana — all morning

a las ocho — at eight o'clock

4) ( cada)

$80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo

5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)

la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money

el 20% de... — 20% of...

el cuarto piso — the fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor

6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)

tenía las manos en los bolsillos — she had her hands in her pockets

te cortaste el pelo! — you've had your hair cut!

tienes la falda sucia — your skirt is dirty

tiene los ojos azules — he has blue eyes

7) ( con nombres propios)

a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)

el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal

b) ( en plural)

los Ortega — the Ortegas

c) ( con algunos nombres geográficos)

en la India — in India

en (el) Perú — in Peru; ver África, Argentina, etc

d) ( al calificar)

la España de Franco — Franco's Spain

el Buñuel que todos conocemos — the Buñuel we all know

e) ( con algunos equipos deportivos)

juegan contra el Juventus — they're playing against Juventus

8) el ( con infinitivo)

odiaba el tener que pedírselo — he hated having to ask her

es cuidadoso en el hablar — he's careful in the way he speaks

el frenético girar de los bailarines — the frenzied spinning of the dancers

* * *

el²

= the, ye.

Nota: Forma arcaica.

Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

Ex: The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.

* a lo extremo = to the extreme.

* aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.

* barrio de los ricos = upper town.

* de los mejores = as good as any.

* el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.

* el acabose = the last straw.

* el alcance = comprehensiveness.

* el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.

* el año próximo = the year ahead.

* el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.

* el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.

* el auténtico = the real McCoy.

* el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.

* el bien de = the good of.

* el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.

* el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.

* el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.

* el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.

* el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.

* el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.

* el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.

* el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.

* el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.

* el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.

* el charco = the big pond.

* el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.

* el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* el colmo = the last straw.

* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.

* el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* el corazón de = the heart of.

* el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.

* el cual = which.

* el de = that in, that of.

* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.

* El Diluvio = the Flood.

* el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.

* el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.

* el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.

* el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.

* el doble = twice + as many.

* el doble de = twice + the number of.

* El Dorado = El Dorado.

* el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.

* el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.

* el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.

* el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].

* el evitar = avoidance.

* el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).

* el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).

* el final de = the close of.

* el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.

* el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.

* el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.

* el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.

* el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.

* el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.

* el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.

* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.

* el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.

* el grado de = the extent of.

* el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.

* el grado en que = the extent to which.

* el gran hermano = big brother.

* el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.

* el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).

* el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....

* el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.

* el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.

* el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.

* el impulsor de = the power behind.

* el interés público = the public interest.

* El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.

* el lastre de = the shackles of.

* el llevar = carrying.

* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.

* El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.

* el más = all-time.

* el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.

* el más allá = hereafter.

* el más bajo = rock-bottom.

* el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.

* el más leído = the most widely read.

* el más recomendado = best of breed, the.

* el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.

* el mejor = best of breed, the.

* el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.

* el mejor modo de = the best way of.

* el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.

* el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.

* el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.

* el mentir = lying.

* el mes pasado = last month.

* el mío = mine.

* el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).

* el mismo número = as many.

* el modo como = the way in which.

* el modo de = the way in which.

* el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* el momento preciso = the point in time at which.

* el motor de = the power behind.

* el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.

* el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.

* el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.

* el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.

* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.

* el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.

* el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.

* el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.

* el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.

* el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.

* el orgullo de = showpiece.

* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.

* el padre de = the father of.

* el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.

* el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.

* el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.

* el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.

* el peso de = brunt of, the.

* el populacho = the great unwashed.

* el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.

* el portavoz de = the voice of.

* el presente = thisness.

* el primer intento = the first time around.

* el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.

* el primero mencionado = former.

* el principal = the number one.

* el principio de = the dawn of.

* el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.

* el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.

* el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.

* el proletariado = the great unwashed.

* el pulmón de = the heart of.

* el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.

* el que = that, the one.

* el que aprende = learner.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.

* el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].

* el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.

* el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).

* el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.

* el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].

* el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.

* el registro de los registros = record-of-record.

* el registro modelo = record-of-record.

* el resto = rest, the.

* el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).

* El Salvador = El Salvador.

* el segundo mencionado = latter.

* el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* el ser barato = cheapness.

* el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.

* el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.

* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* el tamaño de = the extent of.

* el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.

* el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.

* el tiempo de Algo = in season.

* el tiempo es oro = time is money.

* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.

* el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).

* el tipo de = the range of.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.

* el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.

* el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.

* el último citado = latter.

* el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.

* el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.

* el único = the one and only.

* el único e incomparable = the one and only.

* el único e inimitable = the one and only.

* el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.

* el verdadero = the real McCoy.

* el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.

* el ver televisión = television viewing.

* el viejo = the elder.

* el vulgo = the great unwashed.

* el yugo de = the shackles of.

* espicharlas = kick + the bucket.

* la = the, ye.

* la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.

* la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.

* La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.

* la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.

* la buena noticia = the good news.

* la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.

* la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.

* la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.

* la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.

* la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.

* la ciudadana media = the average Jane.

* la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.

* la clave de = at the heart of.

* la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* la comunidad en general = the community at large.

* la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.

* la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.

* la cosa es que = the thing is.

* la cosa principal = the number one thing.

* la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* la cruz de = the bane of.

* la cuestión es que = the thing is.

* la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.

* la demanda de = a call for.

* la diversidad de = the range of.

* la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.

* la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.

* la época de Algo = in season.

* la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.

* la espalda de = the back of.

* la evidencia = the writing on the wall.

* la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.

* la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.

* la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.

* la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.

* la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).

* la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.

* la gente decía que = rumour had it that.

* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.

* la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.

* la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.

* la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.

* la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.

* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.

* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.

* la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.

* la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.

* la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.

* la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.

* la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.

* la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.

* La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.

* la joya de = showpiece.

* la judicatura = the Bench.

* la justicia = the Bench.

* la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.

* la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.

* la magistratura = the Bench.

* la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

* la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

* la mar de = a whole slew of.

* la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.

* la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.

* la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.

* la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.

* la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.

* la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.

* la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.

* la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.

* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.

* la medida en que = the extent to which.

* la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].

* la mejor manera = how best.

* la mejor manera de = the best way of.

* la mejor oferta = the best deal.

* la mejor opción = the best bet.

* la mejor salida = the best way forward.

* la mejor solución = the best way forward.

* la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.

* la mentira = lying.

* la mirada en = eye(s) on.

* la misma persona = one and the same person.

* la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).

* la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.

* la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.

* la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.

* la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.

* la parte de atrás de = the back of.

* la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.

* la parte más importante = the heart of.

* la parte principal de = the bulk of.

* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.

* la parte trasera de = the back of.

* la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.

* la pesadilla de = the bane of.

* la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.

* la petición de = a call for.

* la píldora = the pill.

* la plebe = the great unwashed.

* la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.

* la primera tentativa = the first time around.

* la primera vez = the first time around.

* la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.

* la próxima moda = the next hot thing.

* la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.

* la que = that, the one.

* la razón de ser = the reason for being.

* la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).

* la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.

* la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.

* la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....

* la riqueza de = the wealth of.

* la ruina de = the bane of.

* las = the, ye.

* las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.

* las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las ataduras de = the shackles of.

* las autoridades = the powers-that-be.

* las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.

* las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).

* las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).

* las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.

* las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.

* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.

* las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.

* las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.

* las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.

* las de = those for.

* las doce del mediodía = noon.

* la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.

* la segunda opción = the next best choice.

* la segunda vez = the second time around.

* la semana pasada = last week.

* la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* la situación = the course of events.

* la sociedad en general = society at large.

* las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.

* las profundidades del mar = the deep.

* las profundidades del océano = the deep.

* las pruebas = the writing on the wall.

* las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.

* las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.

* las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.

* las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.

* las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.

* la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.

* la suerte está echada = the die is cast.

* la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.

* las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.

* las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.

* la temporada de Algo = in season.

* la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.

* la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.

* la tira de = a whole slew of.

* la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.

* la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).

* la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* la última vez = last time.

* la última vez que = the last time.

* la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.

* la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.

* la ventaja de = the beauty of.

* la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.

* la verdad = the lowdown (on).

* la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.

* la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....

* la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.

* la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.

* la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.

* la vida continúa = the show must go on.

* la vida + continuar = life + go on.

* la vida es así = life's like that.

* ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.

* la vida + seguir = life + go on.

* la víspera de = on the eve of.

* la voz de = the voice of.

* la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.

* la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.

* la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.

* la voz del odio = the voice of hate.

* la voz interior = the voice within.

* lo absurdo = ridiculousness.

* lo adecuado = adequacy.

* lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.

* lo anodino = blandness.

* lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.

* lo apropiado = appropriateness.

* lo barato = inexpensiveness.

* lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).

* lo bastante elevado = high enough.

* lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.

* lo bueno de = the beauty of.

* lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.

* lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.

* lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.

* lo caro = expensiveness.

* lo chicano = Chicana.

* lo chulo = coolness.

* lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).

* lo completo = completeness.

* lo completo que Algo está = fullness.

* lo creas o no = believe it or not.

* lo decisivo = the last word.

* lo definitivo = the last word.

* lo desagradable = unpleasantness.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.

* lo directo = directness.

* lo divertido = the fun part.

* lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.

* lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).

* lo estrafalario = zaniness.

* lo estrambótico = zaniness.

* lo extenso = comprehensiveness.

* lo favorable = propitiousness.

* lo hebraico = Hebraica.

* lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.

* lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.

* lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.

* lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.

* lo indefinido = indefiniteness.

* lo indirecto = indirectness.

* lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.

* lo insulso = blandness.

* lo interesante = the fun part.

* lo judío = Judaica.

* lo lindo = cuteness.

* lo llano = flatness.

* lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.

* lo más conveniente es que = optimally.

* lo más destacado = highlights.

* lo más detestado = pet hate.

* lo más importante = most of all, at its core.

* lo más interesante = highlights.

* lo más mínimo = so much as.

* lo más novedoso = the last word.

* lo más odiado = pet hate.

* lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.

* lo más probable es que = most probably.

* lo más recio de = brunt of, the.

* lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.

* lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.

* lo mejor = the top of the tree.

* lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.

* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.

* lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.

* lo mejor de todo = best of all.

* lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.

* lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....

* lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.

* lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.

* lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.

* lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.

* lo menos posible = as little as possible.

* lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.

* lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.

* lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).

* lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.

* lo mismo que antes = the same as before.

* lo mismo que para = the same as that for.

* lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).

* lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.

* lo mucho que = how extensively.

* lo noble = high-mindedness.

* lo no convencional = unconventional, the.

* lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).

* lo oportuno = timeliness.

* lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.

* lo peor de = brunt of, the.

* lo peor del = the armpit of the.

* lo pintoresco = quaintness.

* lo plano = flatness.

* lo poco común = rarity, rareness.

* lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.

* lo primero = for one, first off.

* lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.

* lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.

* lo propicio = propitiousness.

* lo público = publicness.

* lo que = that which, what.

* lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.

* lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.

* lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.

* lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.

* lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.

* lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.

* lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.

* lo que es aun mejor = better still.

* lo que es aun peor = worse still.

* lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.

* lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.

* lo que es más = what is more, what's more.

* lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.

* lo que es mejor aun = better still.

* lo que es muy importante = importantly.

* lo que es peor = what's worse.

* lo que es peor aun = worse still.

* lo que espera a = what is on store for.

* lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.

* lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.

* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.

* lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.

* lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.

* lo que le corresponde = fair share.

* lo que nos espera = things to come.

* lo que quiera que = whatever.

* lo que sea = something or other.

* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.

* lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.

* lo que + ser = what + be like.

* lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.

* lo rural = rurality.

* los = the, ye.

* los 365 días del año = year-round.

* los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.

* los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.

* los acontecimientos = the course of events.

* lo sagrado = sacredness.

* los albores de = the dawn of.

* los años cincuenta = fifties.

* los años treinta = thirties.

* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.

* los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.

* los buenos tiempos = the good old days.

* los comienzos de = the dawn of.

* los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.

* los de = those for, those in.

* los demás = rest, the, everybody else.

* los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* los días antes de = leading up to.

* los dos = both, both of them, both of which.

* los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.

* los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.

* los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.

* los mandamás = the powers-that-be.

* los más necesitados = those most in need.

* los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.

* los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.

* los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.

* los necesitados = the needy.

* los orígenes de = the dawn of.

* los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].

* los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.

* los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.

* los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.

* los que = those who.

* los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.

* los que mandan = the powers-that-be.

* los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.

* los que + Verbo = those + Participio.

* los tribunales = the Bench.

* lo suficientemente cerca = within range.

* lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.

* lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.

* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.

* lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.

* los últimos coletazos = fag-end.

* lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.

* los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.

* los viejos tiempos = the good old days.

* lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.

* lo último = the last word.

* lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.

* lo vanguardista = cutting edge.

* lo yidish = Yiddica.

* parmarlas = kick + the bucket.

* ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

* * *

el (pl los), la; (pl las)

art

[ the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or, ha e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]

A (con un referente único, conocido o que se define) the

el sol the sun

el lápiz/la goma/los lápices/las gomas que compré the pencil/the eraser/the pencils/the erasers I bought

no, ése no, el que te presté ayer/el de Julio/el rojo no, not that one, the one I lent you yesterday/Julio's/the red one

en la calle Solís in Solís Street

prefiero el mío/los tuyos I prefer mine/yours

me atendió el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers served me

yo soy la arquitecta, ella es lexicógrafa I'm the architect, she's a lexicographer

yo fui la que lo rompí or rompió I was the one who broke it

los nacidos entre … those born between …

los que faltamos ayer those of us who weren't here yesterday

¿cuál es Ardiles? — el del sombrero negro which one's Ardiles? — the one with the black hat

un encuentro al que asistieron muchas personalidades a meeting which was attended by many well known people

la obra de la que or de la cual hablábamos the play we were talking about

B

(con sustantivos en sentido genérico): me encanta la ópera I love opera

odio el pescado I hate fish

así es la vida that's life

(nosotros) los mexicanos lo sabemos muy bien we Mexicans know only too well

¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?

ya salió del hospital she's out of the hospital ( AmE) o ( BrE) out of hospital

en el mar at sea

viajar por el espacio to travel in space

C

(en expresiones de tiempo): ocurrió el domingo de Pascua/en el verano del 76 it happened on Easter Sunday/in the summer of '76

mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28

el mes pasado/que viene last/next month

no trabaja los sábados she doesn't work (on) Saturdays

estudió toda la mañana he studied all morning

a las ocho at eight o'clock, at eight

a eso de las seis around six o'clock

D

(cada): lo venden a $80 el kilo/metro they're selling it at $80 a kilo/a meter o at $80 per kilo/meter

¿cuánto cuesta el paquete de diez? how much does a packet of ten cost?

E

(con fracciones, porcentajes, números): me dio la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero she gave me half the money/a quarter of the money

el 20% de los peruanos 20% of Peruvians

vivo en el cuarto I live on the fifth floor ( AmE) o ( BrE) fourth floor

F [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc): con las manos en los bolsillos with my/your/his hands in my/your/his pockets

¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!

tienes la falda sucia your skirt is dirty

tienes el suéter puesto al revés you've got your sweater on inside out

tiene el pelo largo/los ojos azules he has long hair/blue eyes

G (con nombres propios)

1

(con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc): llamó el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal/el general Santos Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal/General Santos phoned

el gran Caruso the Great Caruso

2

(con nombres de mujeres famosas): la última película de la Monroe Monroe's last movie

3

(en plural): los Ortega (matrimonio) the Ortegas, Mr and Mrs Ortega; (familia) the Ortegas, the Ortega family

a los Josés se les suele llamar Pepe people called José are often known as Pepe

4 (fam: en muchas regiones crit)

(con nombres de pila): pregúntale a la Carmen/al Ricardo ask Carmen/Ricardo

5

(con algunos nombres geográficos): en la India in India

en (el) Perú in Peru

ver África, Argentina, el etc

6

(al calificar): la España de Franco Franco's Spain

el Buñuel que todos conocemos the Buñuel we all know

la Italia del siglo pasado Italy in the last century

7

(con algunos equipos deportivos): juegan contra el Juventus/el Barcelona they're playing against Juventus/Barcelona

H el

(con infinitivo): odiaba el tener que pedírselo he hated having to ask her

es cuidadoso y pausado en el hablar he's careful and deliberate in the way he speaks

el frenético girar de los bailarines the frenzied spinning of the dancers

al + INF ver a prep B 2. (↑ a 3)

* * *

Multiple Entries:
el
él
el (pl
◊ los), la (pl las) art the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina

1
a) ( en general) the;

◊ la Tierra the Earth

b) ( con sustantivos en sentido genérico):

◊ odio el pescado I hate fish;

así es la vida that's life;
(nosotros) los mexicanos we Mexicans;
¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?
c) ( refiriéndose a algo que se conoce o se está definiendo):

◊ en la calle Solis in Solis street;

las tuyas yours;
el último the last one;
el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers
2
a) el + de:

◊ la del sombrero the one with the hat;

el de las nueve the nine o'clock one;
el de mi hijo my son's
b) el + que:

◊ las que yo ví the ones I saw;

los que estén cansados;
those who are tired, anyone who's tired;
la que te guste whichever you like
3 ( en expresiones de tiempo):
◊ ocurrió el domingo it happened last Sunday;

mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28;
el mes pasado last month;
toda la mañana all morning;
a las ocho at eight o'clock
4 ( cada):
◊ $80 el metro/kilo $80 a meter/a kilo, $80 per kilo/meter

5 (con fracciones, porcentajes, números):
◊ la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero half the money/a quarter of the money;

el 20% de … 20% of …
6 (con partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc):
◊ tenía las manos en los bolsillos she had her hands in her pockets;

¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!;
tiene los ojos azules he has blue eyes
7
a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc):

◊ el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal;

los Ortega the Ortegas
b) ( con algunos nombres geográficos):

◊ en la India in India;

ver África, Argentina, etc
él pron pers
a) ( como sujeto) he;

◊ ¿quién se lo va a decir? — él who's going to tell her? — he is;

lo hizo él mismo he did it himself;
fue él it was him
b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him;

( refiriéndose a cosas) it;
◊ llegué antes que él I arrived before him o before he did;

con/para él with/for him;
son de él they're his
el art def m
1 the
2 (no se traduce) (ante un tratamiento formal) el sr. Gómez, Mr Gomez
(cuando el sustantivo es general) el hambre/tiempo, hunger/time
3 (se traduce por un posesivo) (con partes del cuerpo) se ha cortado el pelo, she's cut her hair
(prendas) se lo metió en el bolsillo, he put it in his pocket
(pertenencias) guarda el diario en el cajón, put your diary into the drawer
4 (con días de la semana) iré el miércoles, I'll go on Wednesday
5 (cuando el sustantivo está elidido) the one: prefiero el azul, I prefer the blue one
el de las diez, the ten o'clock one
el que está en la mesa, the one that's on the table
el que más nos guste, whichever one we like best
(delante de un posesivo) el de María, Maria's
es el mío, it's mine
él pron pers
1 (sujeto) (persona) he
(animal, cosa) it: fue él, it was him, fue él el que..., it was him that... o it was he who...
2 (complemento) (persona) him
(animal, cosa) it
dáselo a él, give it to him, es para él, it's for him
3 (posesivo) de él, his
4 (oración comparativa) ella es mejor que él, she's better than him o she's better than he is
'él' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abajo
- abalanzarse
- abaratarse
- abarquillarse
- abarrotar
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abastecimiento
- abatir
- abatimiento
- abdicar
- abierta
- abierto
- abismo
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abominable
- abordar
- aborigen
- aborregarse
- abortar
- abotargada
- abotargado
- abrir
- abreviar
- abrirse
- absoluta
- absoluto
- abstención
- abundancia
- acabar
- acabarse
- acabose
- acallar
- acanallar
- accionariado
- acero
- achacosa
- achacoso
- achatamiento
- achicharrarse
- aclarar
- aclarado
- acomodarse
- acompañar
- acondicionar
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
English:
A
- abandon
- ABC
- ability
- about
- above
- abroad
- abseil
- absence
- absent
- absolute
- absolve
- absorb
- abstract
- academic
- accelerate
- accommodate
- accomplice
- account
- accurately
- accusation
- accused
- accustom
- aching
- act
- act on
- act up
- actual
- actually
- acute
- address
- adequately
- adjourn
- admission
- admit
- advance
- advanced
- advantage
- advantageous
- advise
- advocate
- affair
- afford
- afloat
- afraid
- after
- against
- age
- agenda
- aggregate

* * *

el (f la, mpl los, fpl las) art determinado el is used instead of la before feminine nouns which are stressed on the first syllable and begin with “a” or “ha” (e.g. el agua, el hacha). Note that el combines with the prepositions a and de to produce the contracted forms al and del.

1. [con valor especificador] the;

el coche the car;

la casa the house;

los niños the children;

el agua/hacha/águila the water/axe/eagle;

fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children

2. [con sustantivo abstracto, valor genérico]
el amor love;

la vida life;

el hombre Man, human beings;

los derechos de la mujer women's rights;

los niños imitan a los adultos children copy adults;

el pan es un alimento básico bread is a basic food;

la mayoría de la gente no la conoce most people don't know her;

vuelve el biquini bikinis are back

3. [indica posesión, pertenencia]
se partió la pierna he broke his leg;

se quitó los zapatos she took her shoes off;

tiene el pelo oscuro he has dark hair;

me han robado la maleta my suitcase has been stolen;

se dieron la mano they shook hands

4. [con días de la semana, fechas, horas]
vuelven el sábado they're coming back on Saturday;

los domingos vamos al cine we go to the movies (on) Sundays;

llegaré el 1 de mayo [escrito] I'll arrive on 1 May;
[hablado] I'll arrive on the first of May;
son las siete it's seven o'clock;

el año pasado/que viene last/next year

5. [con nombres propios geográficos]
el Sena the (River) Seine;

el Everest (Mount) Everest;

la India India;

La Haya The Hague;

El Cairo Cairo;

la España de la posguerra post-war Spain

6. [con apellido]
la señora Márquez Mrs Márquez;

el señor/el doctor Juárez Mr/Doctor Juárez;

los Amaya [matrimonio] Mr and Mrs Amaya, the Amayas;
[familia completa] the Amayas, the Amaya family;
los Austrias the Hapsburgs;

el Hitler español the Spanish Hitler

7. Fam [con nombre propio de persona]
llama a la María call Maria

8. [con numerales, porcentajes, fracciones]
el siete es mi número de la suerte seven's my lucky number;

llegó el tercero he came third;

el tercer piso the third floor;

un aumento del 30 por ciento a 30 percent increase;

la quinta parte (de) a fifth (of);

el 20 por ciento (de) 20 percent (of)

9. [en proporciones, precios]
100 pesos el kilo 100 pesos a o per kilo

10. [con complemento especificativo]
el/la del sombrero the one with the hat;

los/las de azul [cosas] the blue ones;
[personas] the ones in blue;
he perdido el tren, cogeré el de las nueve I've missed the train, I'll get the nine o'clock one;

el de aquí this one here;

¿los del parque son amigos tuyos? were those people in the park friends of yours?;

prefiero las del escaparate I prefer the ones in the window;

los del fondo no se callan the people at the back won't shut up

11. [con complemento posesivo]
mi hermano y el de Juan my brother and Juan's;

el mío mine;

la tuya yours;

los suyos theirs

12. [con adjetivo]
prefiero el rojo al azul I prefer the red one to the blue one;

el/la mejor the best;

es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class, she's top of the class;

los seleccionados realizarán un examen those chosen will sit an exam;

el tonto de Ignacio se equivocó that idiot Ignacio got it wrong

13. [con infinitivo]
el beber tanto acabó con él all that drinking is what finished him off;

es amante del buen comer she loves good food;

me sienta mal el tener que decírtelo I don't like to have to tell you

14. [con frases subordinadas]
el/la que [cosa] whichever;
[persona] whoever;
los/las que [cosas] whichever;
[personas] whoever;
coge el/los que quieras take whichever you like;

el que más corra whoever runs fastest, the one who runs the fastest;

las que quieran venir que levanten la mano those who want to come o anyone who wants to come should put their hand up;

el que no te guste no quiere decir que sea malo the fact that you don't like him doesn't make him a bad person

15. [con valor enfático]
¡la pena que me dio verlo en ese estado! I felt so sorry for him when I saw him in that state!

* * *

el

I art the

II pron

:

el de … that of …;

el de Juan Juan’s;

el más grande the biggest (one);

el que está … the one that is …

* * *

él pron

: he, him

él es mi amigo: he's my friend

hablaremos con él: we will speak with him

el pron, (referring to masculine nouns)

1) : the one

tengo mi libro y el tuyo: I have my book and yours

de los cantantes me gusta el de México: I prefer the singer from México

2)

el que : he who, whoever, the one that

el que vino ayer: the one who came yesterday

el que trabaja duro estará contento: he who works hard will be happy

el, la art, pl los, las : the

los niños están en la casa: the boys are in the house

me duele el pie: my foot hurts

* * *

el det

1. the

¿qué te pareció el libro? what did you think of the book?

perdimos el tren we missed the train

2. (posesivo) my / your / his / her etcétera

me rompí el brazo I broke my arm

es el hermano de María it's María's brother

¿te has cortado el pelo? have you had your hair cut?

se puso el jersey he put his jumper on

3. (característica) the one

¿cuál prefieres? el azul which one do you prefer? the blue one

el del pelo largo the one with long hair

el de la camisa negra the one in the black shirt

me gusta el de Alejo I like Alejo's

¡Ojo! Algunas veces no se traduce

¿quieres salir el sábado? do you want to go out on Saturday?

el Sr. García Mr. García

me gusta el arroz I like rice

el que (persona) the one who / the one that (cosa) the one which / the one that

el que llegó primero the one who came first

el que me dejaste the one you lent me

el que (quienquiera) whoever

con el que that... with

el chico con el que salgo the boy that I go out with

el cuchillo con el que lo corté the knife that I cut it with

en el que that... in

el cajón en el que lo puse the drawer that I put it in

el coche en el que iban the car that they were in

Spanish-English dictionary > él
17 ὁ

ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.² 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.

① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun

ⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.

ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).

ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.

② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state

ⓐ w. nouns

α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.

א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.³ 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.

ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.

β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).

γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.

δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).

ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.

ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.

η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.

θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.

ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman⁴-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.

ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.

α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.

β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.

γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.

δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.

ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receives

α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.

β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.

ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.

α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).

β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands

א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).

ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.

ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.

ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.

ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.

ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express

ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.

ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.

ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.

ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.

ⓗ The neut. of the art. stands

α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.

β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.

ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. are

α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).

β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.

γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).

ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί

α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.

β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).

γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.

ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁ
18 κοινωνία

κοινωνία, ας, ἡ (s. prec. entry; Pind.+; ins, pap, LXX; JosAs 7:6 cod. A; Philo [Mos. 1, 158 of communion w. God]; Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.; Just.; Tat. 18, 2; Ath.; Iren. 4, 18, 5 [Harv. II 205, 4] w. ἕνωσις).

① close association involving mutual interests and sharing, association, communion, fellowship, close relationship (hence a favorite expr. for the marital relationship as the most intimate betw. human beings Isocr. 3, 40; BGU 1051, 9 [I A.D.]; 1052, 7; POxy 1473, 33; 3 Macc 4:6; Jos., Ant. 1, 304; Did., Gen 235, 18. But s. also Diod S 10, 8, 2 ἡ τοῦ βίου κ.=the common type or bond of life that unites the Pythagoreans) τινός with or to someone (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 20, 3; Herodian 1, 10, 1; τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 3, 56, 6); hence there is linguistic warrant to transl.: κ. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ fellowship with God’s Son 1 Cor 1:9 (s. 4 below) and κ. τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος fellowship w. the Holy Spirit 2 Cor 13:13 (so JSickenberger comm. [Bonnerbibel 1919; 4th ed. ’32] ad loc. in the Trinitarian sense but s. WKümmel, appendix to HLtzm. comm. [Hdb]). Others take the latter gen. as a subjective gen. or gen. of quality fellowship brought about by the Holy Spirit (APlummer, w. reservations, comm. 2 Cor [ICC] et al.; TSchmidt, D. Leib Christi 1919, 135; s. 4 below). Corresp. κ. πνεύματος fellowship w. the Spirit Phil 2:1 (Synes., Prov. 1, 15 p. 108c κ. γνώμης=community of will and s. 2 below).—κοινωνία(ν ἔχειν) μετά τινος ( have) fellowship w. someone (cp. Job 34:8) w. God 1J 1:3b, 6 (cp. Epict. 2, 19, 27 περὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Δία κοινωνίας βουλευόμενον; Jos., Bell. 7, 264, C. Ap. 1, 35 [both πρός w. acc.]); w. fellow Christians vss. 3a, 7. εἴς τι (POxf 5f) ἡ κ. εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον close relationship w. the gospel Phil 1:5. ηὐδόκησαν κ. τινὰ ποιήσασθαι εἰς τοὺς πτωχούς they have undertaken to establish a rather close relation w. the poor Ro 15:26 (sim. GPeterman, Make a Contribution or Establish Fellowship: NTS 40, ’94, 457–63; but some prefer 3 below).—κ. πρός w. acc. connection with, relation to (Pla., Symp. 188c; Galen, Protr. 9 p. 28, 7 J.; SIG 646, 54 [170 B.C.]; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 110 τίς οὖν κοινωνία πρὸς Ἀπόλλωνα τῷ μηδὲν οἰκεῖον ἐπιτετηδευκότι; cp. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 208; τοῦ πατρὸς πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν κ. Ath. 12, 2; πρὸς τὸ θειότερον κ. Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 47) τίς κ. φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος; what does darkness have in common with light? 2 Cor 6:14 (cp. Sir 13:2, 17f; Aristoph., Thes. 140 τίς κατόπτρου καὶ ξίφους κοινωνία;).—Abs. fellowship, (harmonious) unity (Hippol., Ref. 9, 12, 26) Ac 2:42 (s. JFitzmyer, PSchubert Festschr. ’66, 242–44 [Acts-Qumran] suggests that ‘community of goods’ [יחד] may be meant here, as 1QS 1, 11–13; 6, 17. On the problem of this term s. HBraun, Qumran u. d. NT, I, ’66; 143–50; s. also ACarr, The Fellowship of Ac 2:42 and Cognate Words: Exp. 8th ser., 5, 1913, 458ff). δεξιὰς κοινωνίας διδόναι τινί give someone the right hand of fellowship Gal 2:9 (JSampley, Pauline Partnership in Christ ’80, argues for a legal notion of ‘consensual societas’ but s. New Docs 3, 19).—κ. also has the concrete mng. society, brotherhood as a closely knit majority, naturally belonging together: Maximus Tyr. 15, 4b τί ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς κοινωνίας συμβόλαιον; what is the contribution (i.e., of the philosopher) to the community or (human) society? 16, 2m δημώδεις κοινωνίαι=meetings of the common people.—On ancient clubs and associations s. Poland; also JWaltzing, Étude historique sur les corporations professionnelles chez les Romaine, 4 vols. 1895–1900; EZiebarth, Das griechische Vereinswesen 1896.

② attitude of good will that manifests an interest in a close relationship, generosity, fellow-feeling, altruism (Epict. in Stob. 43 Sch. χρηστότητι κοινωνίας; Arrian, Anab. 7, 11, 9 κ. beside ὁμόνοια; Herm. Wr. 13, 9 [opp. πλεονεξία]) ἁπλότης τῆς κ. εἴς τινα 2 Cor 9:13. W. εὐποιί̈α Hb 13:16. The context permits this mng. also Phil 2:1 (s. 1 above). The transition to the next mng. is easy.

③ abstr. for concr. sign of fellowship, proof of brotherly unity, even gift, contribution (Lev 5:21; ins of Asia Minor: κ.=‘subsidy’ [Rdm.² 10]) Ro 15:26 (s. 1 above). Under this head we may perh. classify κοινωνία τ. αἵματος (σώματος) τοῦ Χριστοῦ a means for attaining a close relationship with the blood (body) of Christ 1 Cor 10:16ab (s. 4 below).

④ participation, sharing τινός in someth. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 67 §306 κ. τῶν παρόντων=in the present undertakings; 5, 71 §299 κ. τῆς ἀρχῆς in the rule; Polyaenus 6, 7, 2 κ. τοῦ μιάσματος in the foul deed; Maximus Tyr. 19, 3b τῆς ἀρετῆς; Synes., Kgdm. 13 p. 12c. κ. τῶν ἔργων=in the deeds of others; Wsd 8:18; Jos., Ant. 2, 62) ὅπως ἡ κ. τῆς πίστεώς σου ἐνεργὴς γένηται that your participation in the faith may be made known through your deeds Phlm 6. γνῶναι κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ become aware of sharing his sufferings Phil 3:10. ἡ κ. τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους taking part in the relief of God’s people 2 Cor 8:4. Perh. this is the place for 1 Cor 1:9 (s. 1 above); 2 Cor 13:13 ( participation in the Holy Spirit: Ltzm., Kümmel in appendix to Ltzm. comm., Windisch, Seesemann [s. below] 70; Goodsp., Probs. 169f; s. 1 above.—Cp. τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος κ. of ecstasy Did., Gen. 230, 16); 1 Cor 10:16 (participation in the blood [body] of Christ. So ASchlatter, Pls der Bote Jesu ’34, 295f et al.; s. 3 above. But perh. here κοινωνία w. gen. means the common possession or enjoyment of someth. [Diod S 8, 5, 1 ἀγελῶν κ.= of the flocks; Maximus Tyr. 19, 3b ἐπὶ κοινωνίᾳ τῆς ἀρετῆς=for the common possession of excellence; Diog. L. 7, 124; Synes., Kgdm. 20 p. 24b; Hierocles 6, 428: we are to choose the best man as friend and unite ourselves with him πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀρετῶν κοινωνίαν=for the common possession or enjoyment of virtues; 7, 429 τῶν καλῶν τὴν κ.]. Then 1 Cor 10:16 would be: Do not the cup and the bread mean the common partaking of the body and blood of Christ? After all, we all partake of one and the same bread). Eph 3:9 v.l. (for οἰκονομία)—JCampbell, Κοινωνία and Its Cognates in the NT: JBL 51, ’32, 352–80; EGroenewald, Κοινωνία (gemeenskap) bij Pls, diss. Amst. ’32; HSeesemann, D. Begriff Κοινωνία im NT ’33; PEndenburg, Koinoonia … bij de Grieken in den klass. tijd ’37; HFord, The NT Conception of Fellowship: Shane Quarterly 6, ’45, 188–215; GJourdan, Κοινωνία in 1 Cor 10:16: JBL 67, ’48, 111–24; KNickle, The Collection, A Study in Paul’s Strategy, ’66.—EDNT additional bibl. S. also RAC IX 1100–1145.—DELG s.v. κοινός. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κοινωνία
19 self

self
1. сущ.
1) собственная личность, сам study of the self my own self my very self
2) коммерч. сам, лично cheque drawn to self ≈ чек, выписанный на себя your good selves ≈ Вы (в коммерческих письмах) ∙ self comes first, self before all ≈ своя рубашка ближе к телу
2. прил.
1) сплошной, однородный( о цвете)
2) смешанный, разбавленный (о виски)
3) одноцветный( о цветке) свое "я", сущность, облик, склад, совокупность свойств (человека) - my own /very/ * моя собственная персона;
мое собственное "я" - one's better * лучшее, что есть в человеке - one's former * то, чем человек был раньше - my former * мое прежнее "я" - to be one's own * быть самим собой - he is quite his old * again он опять такой же, как и был - he became his silent * again он вновь стал таким же молчаливым, как и был - to be in love with one's own * быть влюбленным в самого себя - one and the same * верный (самому) себе, не меняющийся - a secret * he had enclosed within свое настоящее "я" он скрывал в тайниках души - to get a glimpse of Shakespeare's very * in the Sonnets почувствовать самую душу Шекспира, читая его сонеты сущность (чего-л.) - the expression of beauty's * выражение самой /истинной/ красоты( книжное) личность, субъект, мое "я" - to be conscious of * осознать самого себя - the study of the * самоанализ( философское) эго;
индивид как объект своего сознания в сочетании с притяжательным местоимением и часто прил. - your dear * ты, дорогой - our two selves мы оба, мы с тобой - their hideous wives, their horrid selves and dresses эти страшные люди, их ужасные жены и ужасная одежда - your good selves Вы (в коммерческих письмах) - our noble selves! за наше здоровье!, за нас! (тост) - be your natural * не ломайся, не притворяйся другим, чем ты есть собственные, эгоистические интересы - thoughts centered on * мысли, занятые только собой /своими интересами/ - cares for nothing but * заботы только о себе /о своих интересах/ - to put * first ставить свои личные интересы на первое место, исходить из личных интересов - to have no thought of * не забывать /не думать/ о себе - * is a bad guide to happiness эгоизм не ведет к счастью - * is his God and selfishness is his religion его Бог - он сам, а эгоизм - его религия - to rise above * стоять выше личных интересов > my second *, my other * мое второе "я", моя правая рука, самый близкий друг > * comes first своя рубашка ближе к телу однородный, сплошной, цельный, несмешанный( о цвете, материале) - * trimming отделка из того же материала - * belt пояс из того же материала, что платье /пальто/ - a wooden tool with * handle деревянный инструмент с такой же ручкой одноцветный;
одинаковый по цвету - * carnation одноцветная гвоздика оплодотворяться самоопылением размножаться инбридингом я сам(а) - a room for * and wife комната для меня и жены - * and friend took train for London я (сам) и еще (один) человек сели в поезд, отправлявшийся в Лондон он (сам) ;
она (сама) - a cheque drawn to * чек, выписанный на себя - pay to * оплачивается только лицу, подписавшему чек (надпись на чеках) - a ticket admitting * and friend билет на двоих self ком. = myself и т. д.;
cheque drawn to self чек, выписанный на себя;
your good selves Вы (в коммерческих письмах) to have no thought of ~ не думать о себе;
one's better self лучшее, что есть в человеке ~ (pl selves) собственная личность, сам;
the study of the self самоанализ;
my own self, my very self я сам, моя собственная персона ~ (pl selves) собственная личность, сам;
the study of the self самоанализ;
my own self, my very self я сам, моя собственная персона to have no thought of ~ не думать о себе;
one's better self лучшее, что есть в человеке one's former ~ то, чем человек был раньше;
one's second self близкий друг, правая рука one's former ~ то, чем человек был раньше;
one's second self близкий друг, правая рука self ком. = myself и т. д.;
cheque drawn to self чек, выписанный на себя;
your good selves Вы (в коммерческих письмах) ~ одноцветный (о цветке) ~ (pl selves) собственная личность, сам;
the study of the self самоанализ;
my own self, my very self я сам, моя собственная персона ~ сплошной, однородный (о цвете) ~ comes first, ~ бефоре алл = своя рубашка ближе к телу ~ comes first, ~ бефоре алл = своя рубашка ближе к телу ~ (pl selves) собственная личность, сам;
the study of the self самоанализ;
my own self, my very self я сам, моя собственная персона self ком. = myself и т. д.;
cheque drawn to self чек, выписанный на себя;
your good selves Вы (в коммерческих письмах)

Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > self
20 self

1. [self] n (pl selves)
1. 1) своё «я»; сущность, облик, склад, совокупность свойств ( человека)

my own /very/ self - моя собственная персона; моё собственное «я»

one's better self - лучшее, что есть в человеке

one's former self - то, чем человек был раньше

my former self - моё прежнее «я»

to be one's own self - быть самим собой

he is quite his old self again - он опять такой же, как и был

he became his silent self again - он вновь стал таким же молчаливым, как и был

to be in love with one's own self - быть влюблённым в самого себя

one and the same self - верный (самому) себе, не меняющийся

a secret self he had enclosed within - своё настоящее «я» он скрывал в тайниках души

to get a glimpse of Shakespeare's very self in the Sonnets - почувствовать самую душу Шекспира, читая его сонеты

2) сущность (чего-л.)

the expression of beauty's self - выражение самой /истинной/ красоты

3) книжн. личность, субъект, моё «я»

to be conscious of self - осознать самого себя

the study of the self - самоанализ

4) филос. эго; индивид как объект своего сознания

2. в сочетании с притяжательным местоимением и часто прил.:

your dear self - ты, дорогой

our two selves - мы оба, мы с тобой

their hideous wives, their horrid selves and dresses - эти страшные люди, их ужасные жёны и ужасная одежда

your good selves - Вы ( в коммерческих письмах)

our noble selves! - за наше здоровье!, за нас! ( тост)

be your natural self - ≅ не ломайся, не притворяйся другим, чем ты есть

3. собственные, эгоистические интересы

thoughts centered on self - мысли, занятые только собой /своими интересами/

cares for nothing but self - заботы только о себе /о своих интересах/

to put self first - ставить свои личные интересы на первое место, исходить из личных интересов

to have no thought of self - забывать /не думать/ о себе

self is a bad guide to happiness - эгоизм не ведёт к счастью

self is his God and selfishness is his religion - его бог - он сам, а эгоизм - его религия

to rise above self - стоять выше личных интересов

♢ my second self, my other self - моё второе «я», моя правая рука, самый близкий друг

self comes first - ≅ своя рубашка ближе к телу
2. [self] a
1) однородный, сплошной, цельный; несмешанный (о цвете, материале)

self trimming - отделка из того же материала

self belt - пояс из того же материала, что платье /пальто/

a wooden tool with self handle - деревянный инструмент с такой же ручкой

2) одноцветный; одинаковый по цвету

self carnation - одноцветная гвоздика
3. [self] v обыкн. pass
1) оплодотворяться самоопылением

2) размножаться инбридингом
4. [self] indef pron
1) я сам(а)

a room for self and wife - комната для меня и жены

self and friend took train for London - я (сам) и ещё (один) человек сели в поезд, отправлявшийся в Лондон

2) он (сам); она (сама)

a cheque drawn to self - чек, выписанный на себя

pay to self - оплачивается только лицу, подписавшему чек ( надпись на чеках)

a ticket admitting self and friend - билет на двоих

НБАРС > self

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

The Green Eye of the Yellow God — is a poem by J. Milton Hayes that is a famous example of the genre of dramatic monologue , which was popular in the early twentieth century. The poem is influenced by the ballads of Rudyard Kipling and was often parodied, most famously by Billy… … Wikipedia
Evolution and the Roman Catholic Church — The position of the Catholic Church on the theory of evolution has moved over the last two centuries from a large period of no official mention, to a statement of neutrality in the 1950s, to a more explicit acceptance in recent years. Today, the… … Wikipedia
The Book of Mormon and the King James Bible — The Book of Mormon contains many linguistic similarities to the King James Bible. In some cases, entire passages of scripture are duplicated in the Book of Mormon. Sometimes the source is acknowledged, as in the book of sourcetext|source=Book of… … Wikipedia
One for the Road (Harold Pinter play) — One for the Road Hardcover ed., Eyre Methuen Ltd, 1985 (Cover photo: Ivan Kyncl) Written by Harold Pinter Date premiered 13 March 1984 … Wikipedia
The City and the Stars — … Wikipedia
The Jealous God — is a novel by John Braine which was first published in 1964. Set in the early 1960s among the Irish Catholic community in a small Yorkshire town, the book is about a 30 year old mummy s boy and his attempts at liberating himself from his… … Wikipedia
The North Wind and the Sun — The wind attempts to strip the traveler of his cloak, illustrated by Milo Winter in a 1919 Aesop anthology … Wikipedia
One, No one and One Hundred Thousand — Author(s) Luigi Pirandello … Wikipedia
The End of History and the Last Man — is a 1992 book by Francis Fukuyama, expanding on his 1989 essay The End of History? , published in the international affairs journal The National Interest . In the book, Fukuyama argues that the advent of Western liberal democracy may signal the… … Wikipedia
Bahá'í Faith and the unity of religion — The Bahá í Faith states that religion has the same foundation, and that there is unity of religion. It is one of the core teachings of the Bahá í Faith, alongside the unity of God, and the unity of humanity.The Bahá í teachings state that there… … Wikipedia
The Naked God — infobox Book | name = The Naked God title orig = translator = author = Peter F. Hamilton cover artist = Jim Burns country = United Kingdom language = English series = The Night s Dawn Trilogy genre = Science Fiction, Novel publisher = Pan Books… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

one and the same God

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

one and the same God

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: